[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024207966A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024207966A1
WO2024207966A1 PCT/CN2024/082041 CN2024082041W WO2024207966A1 WO 2024207966 A1 WO2024207966 A1 WO 2024207966A1 CN 2024082041 W CN2024082041 W CN 2024082041W WO 2024207966 A1 WO2024207966 A1 WO 2024207966A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
area
information
network device
area information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2024/082041
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
仲亚萍
胡星星
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024207966A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024207966A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/029Location-based management or tracking services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • NTN non-terrestrial network
  • the coverage of an NTN cell is relatively large.
  • One NTN cell may cover multiple terrestrial network (TN) cells or TN frequencies.
  • the system message of the NTN cell will carry all TN frequencies covered by the NTN cell.
  • a terminal device in the NTN cell performs frequency measurement, it can measure all received TN frequencies based on the received system message.
  • the terminal device when there are fewer or even no frequencies around the location of the terminal device, if the terminal device still measures all TN frequencies according to the received system message, the power consumption of the terminal device will be wasted.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, which can improve the efficiency of frequency measurement of a terminal device and save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device.
  • the method may include: receiving first indication information from a first network device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the regional information of the terrestrial network (TN) area where the terminal device is located; according to the first indication information, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message; the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and the frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas; according to the first TN area information, sending second TN area information to the first network device; the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • TN terrestrial network
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the first network device, it can actively obtain (or describe as reading, actively reading) the first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information, and then send the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the TN area where the terminal device is located may include the TN area where the terminal device is currently located, or may also include a TN area adjacent to the terminal device, without limitation.
  • the TN area adjacent to the terminal device may refer to a boundary between the current location of the terminal device and the TN area being less than a preset threshold value.
  • second TN area information is sent to the first network device based on the first TN area information, including: after receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has been obtained, determining the TN area where the terminal device is located, and sending second TN area information to the first network device, where the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • first TN area information in a first system message is obtained according to the first indication information, including: after receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message.
  • the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has been obtained, it can determine the second TN area information and send it to the first network device. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, it can actively obtain the first TN area information, and then determine the second TN area information and send it to the first network device, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is carried in one or more of the following signalings: system message, dedicated signaling.
  • the terminal device (such as a terminal device in a connected state) can receive the first indication information, and then quickly report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the first network device according to the first indication information.
  • the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports the second TN area information to the first network device, it can report brief information (such as one of the above information) that can indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, so as to reduce the signaling overhead of the second TN area information on the basis that the first network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information.
  • the terminal device can also report detailed information (such as multiple or all of the above information) of the TN area where the terminal device is located, so as to avoid the first network device being unable to identify the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the brief second TN area information.
  • This possible design provides multiple feasible solutions for the implementation of the second TN area information.
  • the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.
  • the first network device can determine that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage based on the second TN area information, and then optimize the frequency measurement (if the terminal device is currently in an area without TN coverage, the terminal device does not need to be triggered to perform frequency measurement).
  • the terminal device can also report the location information of the terminal device to the first network device so that the first network device can determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: receiving dedicated signaling from the first network device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.
  • the terminal device may not be able to obtain the first TN area information through the first system message.
  • the first network device sends the first TN area information in a dedicated signaling, so that the terminal device can obtain the first TN area information.
  • the method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the dedicated signaling and the method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the first system message can be used in combination, or they can be implemented separately without restriction.
  • the method before receiving dedicated signaling from the first network device, the method also includes: sending second indication information to the first network device based on the first indication information; wherein the second indication information indicates that the first TN area information has not been obtained, or the second indication information is used to request the first TN area information.
  • the dedicated signaling can be sent by the first network device triggered by the terminal device through the second indication information, or it can be actively sent by the first network device, without restriction, providing a variety of feasible ways for the terminal device to obtain dedicated signaling.
  • second indication information is sent to the first network device based on the first indication information, including: after receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, sending second indication information to the first network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first indication information, it can trigger the terminal device to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, the terminal device is triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send dedicated signaling including the first TN area information.
  • the method also includes: sending a first request to a second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish a radio resource control (RRC) connection; receiving third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of a TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device.
  • the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area according to the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the RRC reconstruction process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: an RRC reconstruction message, a downlink control information (DCI) signaling, a media access control control element (MACCE), MAC CE), RRC reconfiguration message.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • MACCE media access control control element
  • MAC CE media access control control element
  • the third indication information can be carried in the RRC reconstruction message or the RRC reconfiguration message to save the subsequent signaling interaction process, or the third indication information can be carried in the DCI or MAC CE, providing multiple feasible solutions for the design of the third indication information.
  • the method also includes: receiving a switching command message from the first network device, and receiving fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the switching command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the terminal device can execute the cell switching process to switch to the second network device according to the switching command message sent by the first network device, and the terminal device can also determine whether to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the fourth indication information sent by the second network device through the first network device. If it is determined that the regional information does not need to be reported, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device.
  • the method may include: sending a first indication information to a terminal device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN region where the terminal device is located; receiving second TN region information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN region information is used to indicate the TN region where the terminal device is located, the second TN region information is determined based on the first TN region information, and the first TN region information indicates one or more TN regions, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN regions.
  • the first network device can trigger the terminal device to determine the second TN area information according to the first TN area information based on the received first indication information by sending the first indication information to the terminal device, and report it to the first network device, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the first network device sends a first system message; wherein the first system message includes first TN area information.
  • the first indication information is carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message and dedicated signaling.
  • the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.
  • sending dedicated signaling to a terminal device includes: receiving second indication information from the terminal device, and sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device based on the second indication information; wherein the second indication information indicates that the first TN area information has not been obtained, or the second indication information is used to request the first TN area information; or, if the second TN area information from the terminal device is not received within a preset time length, sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when receiving the first indication information, can be triggered to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not obtained the first TN area information, the terminal device is triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information.
  • the first network device can also actively send the first TN area information through a dedicated signaling. For example, the first network device determines the sending time of the first indication information as the starting time of a preset time length. If the second TN area information from the terminal device has not been received within the preset time length, a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; sending the UE context of the terminal device and third TN area information to the second network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the second network device can obtain the third TN area information from the first network device. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area based on the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance based on the third TN area information obtained in the UE context acquisition process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request that the terminal device be switched to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the first network device can trigger the second network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching by carrying the third TN area information in the third request of the cell switching process. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. Therefore, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: receiving fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; and sending the fourth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first network device can also forward the fourth indication information issued by the second network to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether it is necessary to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the fourth indication information. If it is determined that no reporting is required, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device
  • the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device.
  • the method may include: receiving fifth indication information from a first network device, and sending sixth indication information to the first network device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and the frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device obtains the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can report the sixth indication information to the first network device based on the received fifth indication information, so that the first network device determines whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information based on the sixth indication information, and then determines whether it is necessary to send the first TN area information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the second TN area information based on the first TN area information and reports it, triggering the first network device to quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the first TN area information is carried in the first system message.
  • the fifth indication information is carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message, dedicated signaling.
  • the method further includes: obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message according to the fifth indication information.
  • obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message according to the fifth indication information includes: after receiving the fifth indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message.
  • the first network device can carry the first TN area information in the first system message for broadcasting. After receiving the fifth indication information, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not obtained, it can trigger the terminal device to actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message. If it is determined that it has obtained the first TN area information, it is not necessary to actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message.
  • the method also includes: receiving dedicated signaling from the first network device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.
  • the terminal device may not be able to obtain the first TN area information through the first system message.
  • the first network device sends the first TN area information in a dedicated signaling, so that the terminal device can obtain the first TN area information.
  • the method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the dedicated signaling and the method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the first system message can be used in combination, or they can be implemented separately without limitation.
  • the method before receiving the dedicated signaling from the first network device, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the first network device according to the fifth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to request to obtain the first TN area information.
  • sending the second indication information to the first network device according to the fifth indication information includes: after receiving the fifth indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, sending the second indication information to the first network device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the fifth indication information, it can trigger the terminal device to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, the terminal device is triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send dedicated signaling including the first TN area information.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information
  • the method further includes: receiving a dedicated signaling from the first network device.
  • the dedicated signaling includes the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device may also trigger the first network device to send dedicated signaling including the first TN area information by sending sixth indication information to the first network device to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information
  • the method also includes: sending second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the terminal device can also send the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information after determining that it has obtained the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: sending a first request to a second network device; wherein the first request is used to request re-establishing an RRC connection; receiving third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the method also includes: receiving a switching command message from the first network device, and receiving fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the switching command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device.
  • the method may include: sending fifth indication information to a terminal device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and the frequency points associated with the one or more TN areas; receiving sixth indication information from the terminal device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device obtains the first TN area information.
  • the first network device can trigger the terminal device to report the sixth indication information by sending the fifth indication information to the terminal device, so that the first network device determines whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information according to the sixth indication information, and then determines whether it is necessary to send the first TN area information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the second TN area information according to the first TN area information and reports it, triggering the first network device to quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the first TN area information is carried in the first system message.
  • the fifth indication information is carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message, dedicated signaling.
  • the method also includes: sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.
  • sending a dedicated signaling to a terminal device includes: receiving second indication information from the terminal device, and sending a dedicated signaling to the terminal device according to the second indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to request to obtain the first TN area information; or, if the sixth indication information from the terminal device is not received within a preset time period, sending a dedicated signaling to the terminal device.
  • the starting time of the preset time period may be the sending time of the fifth indication information.
  • the terminal device when receiving the fifth indication information, can trigger the terminal device to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not obtained the first TN area information, the terminal device can be triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information.
  • the first network device can also actively send the first TN area information through a dedicated signaling. For example, the first network device determines the sending time of the fifth indication information as the starting time of the preset time length. If the sixth indication information from the terminal device has not been received within the preset time length, the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and the method also includes: sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has acquired the first TN area information
  • the method further includes: receiving the second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the second TN area information is determined based on the first TN area information.
  • the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement based on the TN area where the terminal device is located, improve the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reduce the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieve the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; sending the UE context of the terminal device and third TN area information to the second network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the method also includes: sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request that the terminal device be switched to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • fourth indication information is received from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; and the fourth indication information is sent to the terminal device. 4. Indication information.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device.
  • the method may include: sending second TN area information to a first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; sending a first request to a second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish an RRC connection; receiving third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the first request can trigger the second network device to obtain the third TN area information indicating the TN area where the terminal device is located from the first network device in the RRC reconstruction process (or UE context acquisition process), and then send the third indication information to the terminal device according to the third TN area information. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device.
  • the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area according to the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the RRC reconstruction process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the technical effects that can be achieved based on various possible designs in the fifth aspect can refer to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device.
  • the method may include: receiving second TN area information from a terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; sending the UE context of the terminal device and third TN area information to the second network device, the third area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TN area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the second network device can obtain the third TN area information from the first network device. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area based on the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance based on the third TN area information obtained in the UE context acquisition process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device.
  • the method may include: sending second TN area information to a first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; receiving a switching command message from the first network device, and receiving fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the switching command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the terminal device can report the second TN area information to the first network device, so that the first network device sends the third TN area information indicating the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device according to the second TN area information in the cell switching process, triggering the second network device to send the fourth indication information to the terminal device through the first network device.
  • the terminal device can also execute the cell switching process to switch to the second network device according to the switching command message sent by the first network device, and the terminal device can also determine whether to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the fourth indication information sent by the second network device through the first network device. If the area information does not need to be reported, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device.
  • the method may include: receiving second TN area information from a terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the first network device can obtain the second TN area information reported by the terminal device.
  • the first network device can also carry the third TN area information in the third request according to the second TN area information in the cell switching process, triggering the second network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the third TN area information. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: receiving fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; and sending the fourth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a second network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the second network device.
  • the method may include: receiving a first request from a terminal device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish an RRC connection; according to the first request, sending a second request to the first network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; receiving a UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device from the first network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; according to the third TN area information, sending third indication information to the terminal device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device should re-establish the RRC connection to the second network device.
  • the terminal device is prepared to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the second network device can trigger the RRC reconstruction process according to the first request of the terminal device to obtain the third TN area information sent by the first network device, and then determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection according to the third TN area information, and send the third indication information to the terminal device. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device.
  • the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area according to the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the UE context acquisition process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following messages: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established; or, if the TN area where the terminal device is located cannot be determined based on the third TN area information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method
  • the execution subject of the method may be a second network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the second network device.
  • the method may include: receiving a third request from the first network device; wherein the third request is used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, and the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; according to the third request, determining whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the second network device can determine whether the terminal device needs to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the third TN area information carried in the third request. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, so that the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the method also includes: sending fourth indication information to the first network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the second network device can send a fourth indication message to the terminal device through the first network device.
  • the fourth indication message instructs the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; or, if the TN area where the terminal device is located cannot be determined based on the third TN area information, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the terminal device of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect to implement the functions performed by the terminal device.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device, or a chip or a chip system or a system on a chip of the terminal device, etc.
  • the communication device can perform the functions performed by the terminal device through hardware, or can perform corresponding software implementation through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive first indication information from a first network device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information; the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas; the transceiver module is also used to send second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information; the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive fifth indication information from the first network device and send sixth indication information to the first network device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device obtains the first TN area information.
  • the transceiver module is used to send second TN area information to the first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send a first request to the second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish the RRC connection; the transceiver module is also used to receive third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the transceiver module is used to send second TN area information to the first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to receive fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the eleventh aspect can also perform corresponding functions in various possible designs in the above-mentioned first aspect, or the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details, and the beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the first network device in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect to implement the function performed by the first network device.
  • the communication device can be the first network device, or it can be a chip or a system on a chip of the first network device.
  • the communication device can perform the function performed by the first network device through hardware, or it can perform the corresponding software implementation through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module is used to send a first indication message to the terminal device; the first indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the second TN area information is determined based on the first TN area information, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas.
  • the transceiver module is used to send fifth indication information to the terminal device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points associated with one or more TN areas respectively; the transceiver module is also used to receive sixth indication information from the terminal device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to receive a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request the UE context of the terminal device; the UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device are sent to the second network device, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TN area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request a cell switch, and the third request includes the second TN area information; the transceiver module is also used to receive fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switch; and sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the twelfth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in various possible designs in the above-mentioned or fourth aspect or sixth aspect or eighth aspect. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the second network device in the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect to implement the functions performed by the second network device.
  • the communication device can be the second network device, or it can be a chip or system on chip of the second network device, etc.
  • the communication device can perform the functions performed by the second network device through hardware, or it can perform corresponding software implementation through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive a first request from a terminal device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish an RRC connection; the transceiver module is also used to send a second request to the first network device based on the first request; wherein the second request is used to request the UE context of the terminal device; the transceiver module is also used to receive the UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device from the first network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send third indication information to the terminal device based on the third TN area information; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive a third request from the first network device; wherein the third request is used to request a cell switch, and the third request includes third TN area information, and the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send fourth indication information to the first network device according to the third request; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switch.
  • the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the thirteenth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in various possible designs in the above-mentioned ninth or tenth aspect. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details, and the beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes one or more processors; one or more processors are used to run computer programs or instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions or instructions, the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of the first to tenth aspects.
  • the communication device further includes one or more memories, the one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store the above-mentioned computer programs or instructions.
  • the memory is located outside the communication device. In another possible implementation, the memory is located inside the communication device.
  • the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive information and/or send information.
  • the communication device also includes one or more communication interfaces, the one or more communication interfaces are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more communication interfaces are used to communicate with other modules outside the communication device.
  • a communication device which includes an input/output interface and a logic circuit; the input/output interface is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the communication method described in any one of the first to tenth aspects, and process and/or generate information based on the information.
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores computer instructions or programs.
  • the communication method as described in any one of the first to tenth aspects is executed.
  • a computer program product comprising computer instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enables the communication method as described in any one of the first to tenth aspects to be executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the communication method described in any one of the first to tenth aspects to be executed.
  • a communication system which includes a first network device and/or a second network device, wherein the first network device can execute the method described in the second aspect or the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect or the eighth aspect, and the second network device can execute the method described in the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect.
  • the communication system also includes a terminal device, which can execute the method of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect as described above.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an RRC state of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a TN region provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of an access network device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG14 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG16 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG17 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Non-terrestrial network provides seamless coverage and improves the reliability of the communication system by deploying access network equipment or some access network equipment functions on non-terrestrial network equipment, such as high-altitude platform equipment or satellites or drones, or using non-terrestrial network equipment as access network equipment.
  • This application uses satellites as an example of non-terrestrial network equipment. The orbits of satellites can be divided into the following according to their altitude:
  • LEO Low Earth Orbit
  • Geostationary Orbit The orbit altitude is 35 786 km. The relative position of satellites in this orbit is not affected by the rotation of the Earth.
  • Radio resource control (RRC) state In the new radio (NR) communication system, the RRC state of the terminal device may include a connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), a deactivated state (RRC_INACTIVE), and an idle state (RRC_IDLE). The transitions between the three states may be shown in Figure 1.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the terminal device has established links with the network device and the core network device. When data arrives at the network, it can be directly transmitted to the terminal device. The terminal device in the connected state needs to perform neighboring area measurement according to the measurement control information sent by the network.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the RRC_INACTIVE state, it means that the terminal device has previously established a link with the network device and the core network device, but the link from the terminal device to the network device has been released. Although the link has been released, the terminal device and the network device save the context of the terminal device. When data needs to be transmitted, the network device can quickly restore this link.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the RRC_IDLE state, there is no link between the terminal device and the network device and the core network device. When there is data to be transmitted, a link between the terminal device and the network device and the core network device needs to be established.
  • the terminal device After a terminal device in the RRC_INACTIVE state resides in a cell, the terminal device may need to measure adjacent cells to select a cell with better signal quality to reside in. This is the cell reselection process.
  • Cell selection is the process of finding a suitable cell as quickly as possible, and cell reselection is the process of selecting a more suitable cell.
  • the coverage of NTN cell is relatively large, and the NTN cell may cover multiple terrestrial network (TN) cells or TN frequencies.
  • the system message of NTN cell will carry all TN frequencies covered by the NTN cell.
  • the terminal device in the NTN cell performs frequency measurement, it can measure all received TN frequencies according to the received system message.
  • terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 need to measure all TN frequency points covered by the NTN cell according to the received system message. However, there are fewer TN frequency points around the location of terminal device 1, and there are no TN frequency points around the location of terminal device 2.
  • terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 measure all TN frequency points covered by the NTN cell, the power consumption of the terminal device will be wasted, and the purpose of saving power for the terminal device cannot be achieved.
  • the network device sends TN area information, and binds the TN area with the TN frequency points existing in the area, and sends it to the terminal device through broadcast or dedicated signaling.
  • the terminal device determines the TN area where it is located based on its own location information, and then obtains the corresponding frequency points in the TN area, and measures the corresponding frequency points to achieve more accurate frequency point measurement, thereby replacing the solution of measuring all TN frequency points in the entire NTN cell.
  • the TN area information sent by the network device may indicate an area where one or more TN cells are located, or the TN area information sent by the network device may indicate an area covered by one or more TNs.
  • the TN area may be represented by a center + radius, or by a boundary line between NTN and TN, or by a polygon, without limitation.
  • terminal device 3 can determine that it is in TN area 1 according to its own location information, and then determine the frequency point F1 associated with TN area 1 according to the TN area information sent by the network device, and measure the frequency point F1.
  • Terminal device 4 can determine that it is in TN area 2 according to its own location information, and then determine the frequency point F2 associated with TN area 2 according to the TN area information sent by the network device, and measure the frequency point F2.
  • the frequency point measurement of the terminal device in the connected state may also be optimized by using the TN area information sent by the network device.
  • the network device can send TN area information through system messages, and the terminal device detects the TN area where it is located or the adjacent TN area, and reports it to the network device to indicate which TN area the terminal device is in or close to.
  • the network device can configure the frequency measurement of the connection state for the terminal device based on the TN area information reported by the terminal device, that is, configure the terminal device with the measurement of the TN frequency associated with the TN area where the terminal device is located to improve the accuracy of the connection state measurement configuration.
  • the TN area information sent by the network device is introduced for the measurement of the terminal device in the idle state, and the TN area information may be placed in the system message required for cell reselection.
  • MIB master information block
  • SIB1 system information block 1
  • the present application proposes: when receiving the first indication information sent by the first network device, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If not, it can actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, and then send the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly obtain the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly update the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device for frequency measurement and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used in any communication system, which can be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (LTE) system, a 5G mobile communication system, an NR communication system, a new air interface vehicle to everything (NR V2X) system, or a 3GPP communication system. It can be used in systems with hybrid networking of LTE and 5G, or non-terrestrial network (NTN) systems, device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of Things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems, such as future communication systems such as 6G, and can also be non-3GPP communication systems without restriction.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G mobile communication system for example, a 5G mobile communication system, an NR communication system, a new air interface vehicle to everything (NR V2X) system, or a 3GPP communication system.
  • NTN non
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include one or more terminal devices, one or more access network devices, and a core network device.
  • the terminal device in Figure 3 can be located within the beam/cell coverage of the access network device, and the access network device can provide communication services for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device in FIG3 may be a device with wireless transceiver function or a chip or chip system that can be set in the device, which can allow users to access the network and is a device for providing voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • the terminal device may also be called user equipment (UE), subscriber unit, terminal, mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • the terminal device in FIG3 may be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer, a smart speaker, a train detector, a gas station sensor, etc.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function a wireless modem
  • handheld device handset
  • laptop computer a smart speaker
  • train detector a gas station sensor
  • the terminal device can also be a VR terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, a machine type communication (MTC) terminal on-board terminal, a vehicle with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capability, an intelligent connected vehicle, a drone with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capability, etc., without restriction.
  • VR terminal VR terminal
  • AR augmented reality
  • MTC machine type communication
  • V2V vehicle with vehicle-to-vehicle
  • U2U U2U
  • the access network device in FIG3 may be any device deployed in the access network that can communicate wirelessly with the terminal device, or a chip or chip system that can be set in the above device, or a logical node or a logical module or a function implemented in software, which can be used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, mobility management, etc.
  • the network device may be a device that supports wired access or a device that supports wireless access.
  • the network device described in the present application may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) device composed of one or more AN/RAN nodes.
  • the AN/RAN node may be: a gNB, a transmission reception point (TRP), an evolved NodeB (eNB), a radio network controller (RNC), a NodeB (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB), a base band unit (BBU), or a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (AP), etc.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • RNC radio network controller
  • NB NodeB
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • AP wireless fidelity access point
  • the AN/RAN node may include a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the gNB is divided into CU and DU from the perspective of logical functions, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled by the CU, and the functions of the remaining part or all of the protocol layers are distributed in the DU, and the DU is centrally controlled by the CU.
  • the centralized unit CU can also be divided into a control plane (CU-CP) and a user plane (CU-UP).
  • the CU-CP is responsible for the control plane functions, mainly including RRC and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) corresponding to the control plane, namely PDCP-C.
  • PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, data transmission, etc.
  • the CU-UP is responsible for the user plane functions, mainly including the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) and the PDCP corresponding to the user plane, namely PDCP-U.
  • SDAP is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the data flow to the bearer.
  • PDCP-U is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, sequence number maintenance, data transmission, etc. of the data plane.
  • CU-CP and CU-UP are connected through the E1 interface.
  • CU-CP represents that the network equipment is connected to the core network equipment through the NG interface, and is connected to the DU through the F1 interface control plane, namely F1-C.
  • CU-UP is connected to the DU through the F1 interface user plane, namely F1-U.
  • PDCP-C is also in CU-UP, which is not restricted.
  • CU including CU-CP or CU-UP
  • DU may also be referred to as O-DU
  • CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP.
  • this application takes CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, and DU as examples for description.
  • the NTN communication system may also include one or more non-ground network devices.
  • the NTN communication system may be any communication system shown in the following Figures 5 to 8
  • the non-ground network device may be any non-ground network device shown in Figures 5 to 8 .
  • the role of the satellite may be different for different RAN architectures of NTN.
  • the role of the satellite is to perform wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification; that is, in the transparent satellite architecture, the satellite is mainly used as a layer 1 (abbreviated as L1) relay device for regenerating physical layer signals (i.e., wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification processing), without other higher protocol layers.
  • L1 layer 1
  • the satellite acts as a base station and has the processing function of a base station.
  • the satellite acts as a base station and has the processing function of a base station.
  • the satellite acts as a DU and has the DU processing function.
  • the satellite acts as the IAB.
  • the core network device in Figure 3 can be used to send the data of the terminal device sent by the network device to the data network.
  • the core network device can be used to implement services such as user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, and billing.
  • the core network device can be composed of one or more functional units.
  • the core network device can be divided into functional entities of the control plane and the data plane.
  • the functional entities of the control plane may include access and mobility management unit (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management unit (session management function, SMF), etc.
  • the functional entities of the data plane may include user plane unit (user plane function, UPF), etc.
  • the core network equipment may also include a policy control function (PCF), an application function unit (AF), etc. without restriction.
  • PCF policy control function
  • AF application function unit
  • each terminal device and network device can adopt the composition structure shown in Figure 9, or include the components shown in Figure 9.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 can be a terminal device or a chip or system on chip in a terminal device; it can also be a network device or a chip or system on chip in a network device.
  • the communication device 900 includes a processor 901, a transceiver 902, and a communication line 903.
  • the communication device 900 may also include a memory 904.
  • the processor 901, the memory 904 and the transceiver 902 may be connected via a communication line 903.
  • the processor 901 is a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), a microprocessor, a microcontroller, a programmable logic device (PLD), or any combination thereof.
  • the processor 901 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules, without limitation.
  • the transceiver 902 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks.
  • the other communication networks may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • the transceiver 902 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver or any device capable of achieving communication.
  • the communication line 903 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 900.
  • the memory 904 is used to store instructions, where the instructions may be computer programs.
  • the memory 904 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and/or instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, etc., without limitation.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • optical disc storage including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.
  • magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices etc.
  • the memory 904 can exist independently of the processor 901 or can be integrated with the processor 901.
  • the memory 904 can be used to store instructions or program codes or some data.
  • the memory 904 can be located inside the communication device 900 or outside the communication device 900, without limitation.
  • the processor 901 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 904 to implement the following implementation of the present application: The communication method provided by the embodiment.
  • the processor 901 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 9 .
  • the communication device 900 includes multiple processors.
  • the processor 901 in FIG. 9 it may also include a processor 907 .
  • the communication device 900 further includes an output device 905 and an input device 906.
  • the input device 906 is a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone or a joystick
  • the output device 905 is a device such as a display screen and a speaker.
  • the communication device 900 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure as shown in FIG9.
  • the composition structure shown in FIG9 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the terminal device may be any terminal device in any communication system of Figures 3 to 8
  • the first network device may be a network device accessed by the terminal device in any communication system of Figures 3 to 8
  • the second network device may be any network device other than the first network device in any communication system of Figures 3 to 8.
  • the first network device or the second network device may be a non-terrestrial network device, or a network device (such as a base station) associated with a non-terrestrial network device.
  • the terminal device, the first network device, and the second network device described in the following embodiments may all have the components shown in Figure 9.
  • the technical solution provided in the present application may also be executed by a module (such as a chip) for a terminal device and/or a network.
  • a module such as a chip
  • the communication method provided in the present application is introduced below with the terminal device and the first network device and the second network device as the execution subject.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method may include:
  • Step 1001 A first network device sends first indication information to a terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the first network device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the area information of the TN area may include one or more of the following: index information of the TN area, geographic area information of the TN area, information of frequency points associated with the TN area, etc., without limitation.
  • the first network device may broadcast (e.g., periodically broadcast) a first system message including the first TN area information, and the first system message may be a system message required for cell reselection, such as SIB4, or a newly defined system message, etc., without limitation. There is no strict order relationship between the first network device broadcasting the first system message and issuing the first indication information.
  • the first TN region information may indicate one or more TN regions and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN regions.
  • the first TN region information may include geographical region information of one or more TN regions, and frequency point information respectively associated with one or more TN regions.
  • the frequency points associated with the TN area are the frequency points included in the network resources of the geographical area where the TN area is currently located.
  • the first TN region information may include: TN region 1+frequency ⁇ F1, F2 ⁇ , TN region 2+frequency ⁇ F2, F3 ⁇ .
  • the first TN region information may also carry index information of one or more TN regions. Assuming that the index of TN region 1 is 1 and the index of TN region 2 is 2, the first TN region information may include: ⁇ 1, TN region 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 2, TN region 2 ⁇ . Alternatively, the first TN region information may not carry the index information of one or more TN regions, but the index of each TN region is implicitly determined according to the order of each TN region in the first TN region information. Assuming that the first TN region information includes: ⁇ TN region 1, TN region 2 ⁇ , the index of TN region 1 is 1 and the index of TN region 2 is 2.
  • the first TN area information may also be described as: the first TN area information may indicate one or more frequency points, and TN areas to which the one or more frequency points are respectively associated.
  • the first TN region information may include: frequency F1+TN region 1, frequency F2+ ⁇ TN region 1, TN region 2 ⁇ , and frequency F3+TN region 2.
  • the first network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and the terminal device Report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the first TN area information and its own location information.
  • the geographical area information of the TN area may be the longitude and latitude information of the TN area.
  • the longitude and latitude information can be in the form of "the longitude and latitude of the center point of the TN area + the radius length".
  • the longitude and latitude information can also be in the form of "the longitude and latitude of each vertex of the TN area", without limitation.
  • the TN area where the terminal device is located may also be described as the TN area where the terminal device is located, the TN area adjacent to the terminal device, etc., without limitation.
  • the first indication information may also be described as instructing the terminal device to report the frequency information associated with the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the first indication information may be carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message, dedicated signaling.
  • the system message carrying the first indication information may be SIB1.
  • Dedicated signaling may also be described as UE dedicated signaling.
  • the dedicated signaling may be an RRC reconfiguration message, that is, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the first indication information may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the dedicated signaling may also be an RRC establishment message, an RRC reconstruction message, a UE information request message (UEInformationRequest), etc., without limitation.
  • the first network device can carry the first indication information in the system message so that all terminal devices in the cell can receive the first indication information, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the first indication information.
  • the first network device can also carry the first indication information in a dedicated signaling, and the first network device can send the first indication information to the terminal device after judging according to the UE capability, etc., so that the information transmission is more accurate.
  • the first network device can enable the terminal device (such as a terminal device in a connected state) to receive the first indication information, and then quickly report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the first network device based on the first indication information.
  • the terminal device such as a terminal device in a connected state
  • Step 1002 The terminal device obtains the first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information.
  • the first network device broadcasts a first system message including the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the first TN area information in the first system message may be obtained. It can also be understood that if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the process of obtaining the first system message is triggered to obtain the first TN area information contained in the first system message.
  • the first network device may broadcast (eg, periodically broadcast) a first system message including first TN area information, and the first system message may be a system message required for cell reselection, such as SIB4, or a newly defined system message, etc., without limitation.
  • a system message required for cell reselection such as SIB4, or a newly defined system message, etc., without limitation.
  • the terminal device can actively obtain the first system message when it is in an idle state or an inactive state (or called a deactivated state), but when the terminal device is in a connected state, the terminal device may not actively obtain the first system message, or when the terminal device enters the connected state, the first system message is not obtained, or the first system message is an on-demand other system information (ODOSI) broadcast system message, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the terminal device does not request the first system message from the first network device, resulting in the terminal device in the connected state not having valid first TN area information.
  • ODOSI on-demand other system information
  • the terminal device can determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained, for example, the terminal device has obtained the first system message and the first TN area information therein before entering the connected state; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the process of obtaining the first system message can be triggered to obtain the first TN area information therein, and then according to the first TN area information, the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located can be quickly reported to the first network device.
  • Step 1003 The terminal device sends the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information.
  • the second TN area information may be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located and/or to indicate the TN area adjacent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine its own location information according to its own positioning unit, and determine the second TN area information according to its own location information and the acquired first TN area information.
  • the second TN area information reported by the terminal device to the first network device can indicate a TN area where the terminal device is located or adjacent to it, or it can indicate multiple TN areas where the terminal device is located (for example, if the terminal device is at the junction of multiple TN areas, the terminal device can report the multiple TN areas), without restriction.
  • the second TN area information may include one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can implicitly determine the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the order of the TN areas in the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can determine that the index information of the TN area where it is located is 1 based on the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can determine that the index information of TN area 1 where it is located is 1 according to the sorting of TN area 1 in the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device determines the TN area where it is located or adjacent to the terminal device based on the first TN area information, and determines the frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located or adjacent to the terminal device based on the frequency information associated with the TN area.
  • the terminal device reports the frequency information to the first network device, and the frequency information is included in the second TN area information.
  • the terminal device can save the action and delay of the first network device to search for the associated frequency points according to the TN area reported by the terminal device, thereby shortening the processing delay and improving the processing speed.
  • the location information reported by the terminal device through the second TN area information may be coarse location information, which may have a certain error with the precise location information.
  • the location information reported by the network device through the second TN area information may also be precise location information, without limitation.
  • the coarse location information and the precise location information can be distinguished according to the error between the location information reported by the terminal device and the standard location information.
  • the coarse location information reported by the terminal device may be location information whose error with the standard location information is greater than a preset threshold
  • the precise location information may be location information whose error with the standard location information is less than or equal to a preset threshold.
  • the second TN area information when the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage, may include indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information may include indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device cannot determine the TN area where it is located from the first TN area information sent by the first network device based on its own location information, it can be considered that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage. Or when the geographical area of each TN area indicated by the first TN area information does not cover the location of the terminal device, it is considered that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage.
  • the terminal device can refer to the above method to report the second TN area information to the first network device, so that the first network device can understand the TN coverage of the terminal device in real time, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement process according to the TN coverage of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information when receiving the first indication information sent by the first network device. If not, it can actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, and then send the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also actively send the second TN area information to the first network device after entering the connected state without being triggered by the first indication information.
  • the terminal device is in the idle state, it is not necessary to send the second TN area information to the first network device.
  • the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information after entering the connected state. If obtained, the second TN area information can be determined based on the first TN area information and reported. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, the first TN area information in the first system message can be actively obtained, and then the second TN area information can be determined and reported.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained after receiving the first indication information, instead of actively obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message in step 1002, as shown in step 1201 in Figure 12, the terminal device can also receive dedicated signaling from the first network device after receiving the first indication information.
  • the terminal device can receive dedicated signaling from the first network device after entering the connected state.
  • Step 1201 The first network device sends a dedicated signaling to the terminal device.
  • the dedicated signaling may include the first TN area information.
  • the dedicated signaling may be an RRC reconfiguration message, an RRC establishment message, an RRC reconstruction message, a UE information request message (UEInformationRequest), etc., without limitation.
  • the first network device carries the first TN area information in the dedicated signaling, so that the terminal device can receive the first TN area information, and then report the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device may not be able to obtain the first TN area information through the first system message.
  • the terminal device can receive the first TN area information.
  • dedicated signaling may be sent to the terminal device by referring to the following steps 1202 and 1203 .
  • Step 1202 The terminal device sends second indication information to the first network device.
  • Step 1203 The first network device sends a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device according to the received second indication information.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the terminal device has not acquired the first TN area information, or the second indication information may be used to request acquisition of the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained after receiving the first indication information. If it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, it can send second indication information to the first network device, and the first network device will issue a dedicated signaling based on the second indication information.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained after entering the connected state. If it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, a second indication information may be sent to the first network device, and the first network device may issue a dedicated signaling based on the second indication information.
  • dedicated signaling may also be sent to the terminal device by referring to the following step 1204 .
  • Step 1204 When the first network device does not receive the second TN area information from the terminal device within a preset time period, the first network device may send a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device.
  • the preset duration may be predefined by the protocol or customized by the first network device without limitation.
  • the start time (or starting time) of the preset duration may be the time when the first network device sends the first indication information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first indication information, if the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the terminal device does not need to report any information to the first network device.
  • the first network device may consider that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and then indicate the first TN area information to the terminal device through dedicated signaling.
  • the start time of the preset duration may be the moment when the terminal device enters the connected state.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device enters the connected state, if the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the terminal device does not need to report any information to the first network device.
  • the first network device may consider that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and then indicate the first TN area information to the terminal device through dedicated signaling.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first TN area information by any one of the above three methods, or obtain the first TN area information by combining any two of the above three methods, or obtain the first TN area information by combining the above three methods, without restriction.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device enters the connected state and determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the terminal device can actively try to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, or the terminal device can trigger the process of obtaining the first system message to obtain the first TN area information. After triggering the process of obtaining the first message, if the first TN area information is still not obtained, the terminal device sends a second indication message to the first network device to obtain the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information sent by the first network device. Alternatively, the terminal device can actively try to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, and receive the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information sent by the first network device after a preset time.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device obtains the first TN area information based on the above method, it can refer to the above step 1003 and report the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained and needs to obtain the first TN area information, as shown in step 1205 in Figure 12, if the terminal device determines that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information when receiving the first indication information, or if the terminal device determines that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information after entering the connected state, the terminal device can directly report the second TN area information to the first network device based on the obtained first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can actively obtain the first system message broadcast by the first network device in the idle state and save the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can determine that it has obtained the first TN area information.
  • the first network device may also send fifth indication information to the terminal device for instructing the terminal device to report whether the first TN region information is obtained.
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the method may include:
  • Step 1301 The first network device sends fifth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fifth indication information from the first network device.
  • the fifth indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained.
  • the description of the first TN area information can refer to the description of the first TN area information in Figures 10 to 12 above.
  • the fifth indication information may be carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message and dedicated signaling.
  • the system message carrying the fifth indication information may be SIB 1.
  • the dedicated signaling may be an RRC reconfiguration message, an RRC establishment message, an RRC reconstruction message, a UE information request message (UEInformationRequest), etc., without limitation.
  • Step 1302 The terminal device sends sixth indication information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the sixth indication information from the terminal device.
  • the sixth indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device can send the sixth indication information to the first network device to indicate that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information. If the terminal device does not obtain the first TN area information, the terminal device can send the sixth indication information to the first network device to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the first TN area information or trigger a process for obtaining a first system message.
  • the terminal device may acquire the first TN area information in one or more of the following four ways:
  • Method 1 The terminal device triggers the process of obtaining the first system message according to the fifth indication information to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message.
  • the description of the terminal device obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message can refer to the relevant description of step 1002 in the above Figure 10.
  • Method 2 The terminal device sends the second indication information to the first network device according to the fifth indication information, and the first network device sends the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the second indication information may be used to request obtaining the first TN area information.
  • Mode 3 If the first network device does not receive the sixth indication information sent by the terminal device within the preset time, the first network device sends a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device.
  • the description of Mode 2 and Mode 3 can refer to the relevant description of FIG.
  • Method 4 The terminal device sends sixth indication information to the first network device based on the fifth indication information, indicating that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information.
  • the first network device sends dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device based on the sixth indication information.
  • step 1304 in FIG. 13 when the terminal device obtains the first TN area information, it may also report the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information.
  • the description of the second TN region information may refer to the description of the second TN region information in FIG. 10 , which will not be described in detail.
  • the terminal device sends sixth indication information to the first network device to instruct the terminal device to obtain the first TN area information, but does not subsequently report the second TN area information to the first network device, it can be considered that the terminal device is not within the TN coverage area indicated by the first network device.
  • the terminal device can report the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, without additionally reporting the sixth indication information used to indicate that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the first network device can determine that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information based on the received second TN area information.
  • the first network device can determine the frequency information around the terminal device according to the second TN area information reported by the terminal device, and send measurement control information to the terminal device according to the frequency information.
  • the first network device has sent the measurement control information to the terminal device, and the first network device can also update the frequency information around the terminal device according to the second TN area information reported by the terminal device, and send the updated frequency information to the terminal device, and the terminal device performs frequency measurement according to the updated frequency information.
  • the terminal device can also send updated second TN area information to the first network device, so that the first network device updates the frequency information of the terminal device according to the updated second TN area information and sends it to the terminal device.
  • the second network device can obtain the third TN area information of the terminal device in the RRC reconstruction process, and optimize the connection state frequency point measurement for the terminal device according to the third TN area information.
  • FIG. 14 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the method may include:
  • Step 1401 The terminal device sends second TN area information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the second TN area information from the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information may be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the description of the second TN region information may refer to the description of the second TN region information in the above-mentioned FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 , without limitation.
  • the terminal device may send the second TN area information to the first network device by referring to any of the methods shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 .
  • the terminal device may execute step 1401 according to the acquired first TN area information.
  • Step 1402 The terminal device sends a first request to the second network device, and correspondingly, the second network device receives the first request from the terminal device.
  • the first request may be used to request re-establishment of the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device may perform cell selection, determine the second network device, and send a first request to the second network device. That is, the first request may be an RRC reconstruction message.
  • Step 1403 The second network device sends a second request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the second request from the second network device.
  • the second request may be used to request a UE context of the terminal device.
  • the second request message may be a get UE context request message RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST.
  • Step 1404 The first network device sends the UE context and the third TN area information of the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives the UE context and the third TN area information from the first network device.
  • step 1404 may also be described as the first network device sending a second response to the second network device, the second response including the UE context and the third TN area information.
  • step 1404 may also be described as the first network device sending a UE context to the second network device, the UE context including the third TN area information.
  • the first network device sends the third TN area information to the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information.
  • the third area information may include one or more of the following: geographical area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, location information of the terminal device, etc., without limitation.
  • the first network device when the first network device sends the third TN area information to the second network device, the first network device may use a transparent transmission method to send the second TN area information reported by the terminal device as the third TN area information to the second network device.
  • the second TN area information includes index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, since the index information defined by the first network device and the second network device for the same TN area may be different, if the index information of the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located is directly transmitted, it may cause the second network device to make an error in determining the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the index information, or it may be impossible to determine the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the index information.
  • the first network device can determine the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the index information, and indicate the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located to the second network device through the third TN area information.
  • the first network device may generate the third TN area information according to the second TN area information reported by the terminal device, and send the third TN area information to the second network device.
  • the second TN area contains location information of the TN area reported by the UE
  • the first network device determines the frequency information associated with the location according to the location information of the TN area reported by the UE, and sends the frequency as third TN area information to the second network device.
  • Step 1405 The second network device sends third indication information to the terminal device according to the third TN area information.
  • the terminal device receives the third indication information from the second network device.
  • the third indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. Or the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device immediately after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established; or, if the second network device cannot determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established.
  • the second network device may send to the terminal device third indication information for instructing the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the third indication information for instructing the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection is not sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device does not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. If the terminal device does not receive the third indication information, the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the second network device may not send the third indication information to the terminal device for instructing the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the third indication information is sent to the terminal device for instructing the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device If the terminal device receives the third indication information, the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. If the terminal device does not receive the third indication information, the terminal device does not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.
  • the third indication information may be carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the subsequent signaling interaction process can be saved.
  • the third indication information can also be carried in the DCI or the MAC CE without limitation.
  • the second network device may also broadcast the fourth TN area information through the second system message, and send the eighth indication information to the terminal device through the second system message or dedicated signaling to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device, that is, the second network device may also obtain the TN area information reported by the terminal device by referring to the method in which the first network device obtains the TN area information reported by the terminal device in Figures 10 to 13 above, without restriction.
  • the description of the second system message broadcast by the second network device including the fourth TN area information can refer to the relevant description of the first system message broadcast by the first network device including the first TN area information
  • the description of the second network device sending the eighth indication information to the terminal device can also refer to the above description of the first network device sending the first indication information to the terminal device, and no further details are given.
  • the third indication information is different from the eighth indication information issued by the second network device.
  • the eighth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the TN area where the terminal device is located, or the terminal device enables the function of reporting the TN area.
  • the terminal device detects that the TN area where it is located has changed from the reported TN area, the terminal device reports the new TN area.
  • the third indication information and the eighth indication information can exist at the same time.
  • the third indication information only indicates whether the terminal device immediately reports the TN area where it is located during the RRC reconstruction process or after the RRC reconstruction is completed. It is only a single trigger behavior. After the TN area where the terminal device is located is updated subsequently, the terminal device will still report the updated TN area according to the principle of the eighth indication information.
  • the terminal device receives the eighth indication information from the second network device during the RRC reconstruction process, and the terminal device decides to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device. Since the terminal device receives the third indication information, and the third indication information instructs the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established, the terminal device does not send the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device according to the instruction of the third indication information.
  • the second network device can also update the frequency information of the terminal device based on the third TN area information sent by the first network device, and send the updated frequency measurement control information to the terminal device, and the terminal device performs frequency measurement based on the updated frequency information.
  • the terminal device can also send updated second TN area information to the second network device, so that the second network device updates the frequency information of the terminal device according to the updated second TN area information and sends it to the terminal device.
  • the second network device can obtain the third TN area information of the terminal device in the RRC reconstruction process, and then determine whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection based on the third TN area information, and indicate it to the terminal device through the third indication information. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device.
  • the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area based on the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state frequency point measurement for the terminal device in advance based on the third TN area information obtained in the RRC reconstruction process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • the second network device may also obtain the third TN area information in the cell switching process to optimize the connection state measurement in advance.
  • FIG. 15 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the method may include:
  • Step 1501 The terminal device sends second TN area information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the second TN area information from the terminal device.
  • the second TN area information may be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the description of the second TN region information may refer to the description of the second TN region information in the above-mentioned FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 , without limitation.
  • the terminal device may send the second TN area information to the first network device by referring to any of the methods shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 .
  • the terminal device may execute step 1501 according to the obtained first TN area information.
  • Step 1502 The first network device sends a third request to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives the third request from the first network device.
  • the third request can be used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, the third request can include third TN area information, the third TN area information can be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TN area information is determined based on the second TN area information.
  • the description of the third TN region information can refer to the relevant description of the third TN region information in the above-mentioned Figure 14, and will not be repeated here.
  • the cell switching may be L3 mobility switching, conditional handover (CHO), L1/L2 switching enhancement, or subsequent enhanced switching types, etc., without limitation.
  • the third request may be a switching request message.
  • the second network device can determine whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, or determine whether the terminal device immediately reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching based on the third TN area information.
  • the second network device determines the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the terminal device moves to a new TN area later, the terminal device reports the new TN area to the second network device.
  • the second network device cannot determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the first network device can trigger the second network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching by carrying the third TN area information in the third request of the cell switching process. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. Therefore, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement.
  • the second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.
  • FIG. 15 may further include the following steps 1503 to 1505:
  • Step 1503 The second network device sends fourth indication information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the fourth indication information from the second network device.
  • the fourth indication information may be included in the switching request confirmation message.
  • Step 1504 The first network device sends a switching command message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the switching command message from the first network device.
  • the switching command message may be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device.
  • Step 1505 The first network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the first network device.
  • the fourth indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. It can also be understood that the terminal device determines according to the fourth indication information whether to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device immediately during the cell switching process or after the cell switching is completed, or not to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the fourth indication information may be sent separately from the switching command message, or the fourth indication information may be carried in the switching command message to save signaling interaction.
  • the switching command message may be an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the terminal device reports the new TN area to the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the second TN area information reported by the terminal device including the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located as an example
  • the first network device sends the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located to the second network device
  • the second network device cannot correctly confirm the corresponding TN area through the index information sent by the first network device, and the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the terminal device may not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.
  • the terminal device can report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching based on the fourth indication information sent by the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then perform the connection state frequency point measurement optimization.
  • the terminal device can make a judgment based on one or more of the following: a first system message containing a first TN area and its own location information obtained from the first network device side, second TN area information reported by the terminal device on the first network, and a second system message containing fourth TN area information and its own location information obtained by the terminal device on the second network device side.
  • a first system message containing a first TN area and its own location information obtained from the first network device side second TN area information reported by the terminal device on the first network
  • a second system message containing fourth TN area information and its own location information obtained by the terminal device on the second network device side When the terminal device determines that the area information of the TN area to be reported has changed, the area information of the changed TN area needs to be reported to the second network device. When the terminal device determines that the area information of the TN area to be reported has not changed, it does not need to be reported to the second network device.
  • the second network device can control whether the terminal device needs to report the TN area
  • the terminal device may determine that the first network device and the second network device have different index information mapped to the TN area where the terminal device is located (e.g., for a certain TN area, the terminal device determines that the index of the TN area is 1 based on the first TN area information sent by the first network device, and determines that the index of the TN area is 3 based on the fourth TN area information sent by the second network device), then the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area to the second network device.
  • the first network device and the second network device may have mapped different index information to the same TN area, the TN areas corresponding to the different index information are the same, and the reporting of the terminal device is actually a waste of signaling. Based on this, the second network device can indicate through the fourth indication information that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where it is located, so as to save signaling overhead.
  • the fourth indication information is included in a switching request confirmation message.
  • the second network device may also send the seventh indication information to the terminal device through the first network device.
  • the second network device when the second network device sends the seventh indication information to the terminal device through the first network device, it can indicate turning on or off the function of "the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located".
  • the second network device does not send the seventh indication information to the terminal device, it can indicate that the terminal device maintains the reporting strategy of the first network device, or inherits the reporting strategy of the first network device, that is, the terminal device can report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device in the same way as it reported the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the first network device.
  • the seventh indication information indicates to turn off the function of "terminal device reporting the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located"
  • the terminal device does not need to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device, and the second network device will not send the fourth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the regional information of the TN area where the new terminal device is located according to the seventh indication information, the fourth TN area information sent by the second network device in the second system message and its own location, and compares it with the second TN area information reported by the terminal device to the first network device. When the two are the same, the terminal device decides that it is not necessary to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.
  • the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device according to the fourth indication information.
  • the terminal device subsequently detects that the TN area where it is located has changed compared to the TN area reported to the second network device, it will continue to report the regional information of its own TN area to the second network device.
  • the fourth indication information can be a single trigger behavior, which only triggers the terminal device to report information once and ignores its own judgment result; when the terminal device decides that it needs to report the area information of the TN area where it is located to the second network device, if the fourth indication information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where it is located after completing the cell switching, the terminal device will give priority to the fourth indication information and will not report the area information of the TN area where it is located.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching based on the fourth indication information indicated by the second network device, without relying on the judgment of the terminal device itself, thereby reducing unnecessary TN area information reporting in some scenarios and saving signaling overhead.
  • the present application improves the method of reporting TN area information of the terminal device for connection state measurement.
  • the optimization function improves the TN area reporting process in abnormal scenarios, RRC reconstruction scenarios, and cell switching scenarios, so that network equipment can more quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and optimize the connection state measurement in advance, reducing unnecessary measurements of the terminal device, saving power consumption, and achieving the purpose of power saving.
  • the execution subject may execute some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also execute other operations or variations of various operations.
  • the various steps may be executed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all operations in the embodiments of the present application need to be executed.
  • each device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of each device according to the above method example.
  • each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • Figure 16 shows a communication device 160, which can execute the actions performed by the terminal device or the first network device or the second network device in the methods shown in Figures 10 to 15 above. All relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and the technical effects that can be obtained can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 160 may include a transceiver module 1601 and a processing module 1602.
  • the communication device 160 may be a communication device, or a chip applied to a communication device, or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned communication device.
  • the transceiver module 1601 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.
  • the processing module 1602 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor, and the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs.
  • the transceiver module 1601 may be a radio frequency unit; the processing module 1602 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor.
  • the transceiver module 1601 may be an input and output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip); the processing module 1602 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units.
  • transceiver module 1601 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component;
  • processing module 1602 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or, referred to as a processing circuit).
  • the transceiver module 1601 can be used to perform all transceiver operations performed by the communication device in the embodiments shown in Figures 10 to 15, and/or to support other processes of the technology described in this document;
  • the processing module 1602 can be used to perform all operations except the transceiver operations performed by the communication device in the embodiments shown in Figures 10 to 15, and/or to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
  • the transceiver module 1601 in FIG16 may be replaced by a transceiver, which may integrate the functions of the transceiver module 1601; the processing module 1602 may be replaced by a processor, which may integrate the functions of the processing module 1602.
  • the communication device 160 shown in FIG16 may also include a memory.
  • the communication device 160 involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be the communication device 170 shown in FIG17 , wherein the processor may be the logic circuit 1701 and the transceiver may be the interface circuit 1702. Furthermore, the communication device 170 shown in FIG17 may also include a memory 1703.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which can implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program, which can implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the terminal (including the data sending end and/or the data receiving end) of any of the above embodiments, such as the hard disk or memory of the terminal.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above terminal, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above terminal, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc. Further, the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above terminal and an external storage device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above terminal.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more.
  • Multiple refers to two or more.
  • At least two (items) refers to two or three and more than three.
  • And/or is used to describe the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, “A and/or B” can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist at the same time, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c", where a, b, c can be single or multiple. “When” and “if” both mean that corresponding measures will be taken under certain objective circumstances. It does not limit the time, nor does it require any judgment when it is implemented, nor does it mean that there are other limitations.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
  • sending information to ... (terminal device) can be understood as the destination of the information being the terminal device. It can include sending information to the terminal device directly or indirectly.
  • receiving information from ... (terminal device) can be understood as the source of the information being the terminal device, which can include receiving information from the terminal device directly or indirectly. The information may be processed as necessary between the source and destination of the information, such as format changes, but the destination can understand the valid information from the source.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can essentially or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions to enable a device (which can be a single-chip microcomputer, chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes, such as USB flash drives, mobile hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus, which relate to the technical field of communications, and enable a first network device to quickly acquire a terrestrial network (TN) area where a terminal device is located, and then to quickly update frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of frequency point measurement performed by the terminal device, reducing the power consumption of frequency point measurement performed by the terminal device, and achieving the aim of saving on power for the terminal device. The method comprises: receiving first indication information from a first network device, wherein the first indication information is used for instructing a terminal device to report area information of a TN area where the terminal device is located; acquiring first TN area information in a first system message according to the first indication information, wherein the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas; and sending second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information, wherein the second TN area information is used for indicating the TN area where the terminal device is located.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device

本申请要求于2023年04月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202310406678.9、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on April 7, 2023, with application number 202310406678.9 and application name “Communication Method and Device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其是涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.

背景技术Background Art

通信系统中,由于传统地面网络不能为终端设备提供无缝覆盖,特别是在大海、沙漠、空中等无法部署接入网设备的地方,非陆地通信网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)被引入通信系统中,NTN通过将接入网设备或者部分接入网设备功能部署在高空平台或者卫星上,以提供无缝覆盖,提升通信系统的可靠性。In the communication system, since the traditional ground network cannot provide seamless coverage for terminal devices, especially in places where access network equipment cannot be deployed such as the sea, desert, and air, non-terrestrial network (NTN) has been introduced into the communication system. NTN provides seamless coverage and improves the reliability of the communication system by deploying access network equipment or part of the access network equipment functions on high-altitude platforms or satellites.

NTN小区的覆盖范围较大,一个NTN小区下可能会覆盖较多个陆地通信网络(terrestrial network,TN)小区或TN频点,NTN小区的系统消息中会携带该NTN小区覆盖的所有TN频点,处于该NTN小区中的终端设备进行频点测量时,可以根据接收到的系统消息对接收到的所有TN频点进行测量。The coverage of an NTN cell is relatively large. One NTN cell may cover multiple terrestrial network (TN) cells or TN frequencies. The system message of the NTN cell will carry all TN frequencies covered by the NTN cell. When a terminal device in the NTN cell performs frequency measurement, it can measure all received TN frequencies based on the received system message.

但是,当终端设备所处的位置周围频点较少甚至没有频点时,若终端设备依然根据已接收到的系统消息测量全部的TN频点,会浪费终端设备的功耗。However, when there are fewer or even no frequencies around the location of the terminal device, if the terminal device still measures all TN frequencies according to the received system message, the power consumption of the terminal device will be wasted.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,能够提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,并节约终端设备的功耗。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, which can improve the efficiency of frequency measurement of a terminal device and save power consumption of the terminal device.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息;该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所在的陆地通信网络(terrestrial network,TN)区域的区域信息;根据第一指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息;该第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点;根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;该第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, and the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device. The method may include: receiving first indication information from a first network device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the regional information of the terrestrial network (TN) area where the terminal device is located; according to the first indication information, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message; the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and the frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas; according to the first TN area information, sending second TN area information to the first network device; the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.

基于第一方面,终端设备可以在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一指示信息时,根据第一指示信息主动获取(或者描述为读取、主动读取)第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,进而根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,以使第一网络设备快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,从而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the first aspect, when the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the first network device, it can actively obtain (or describe as reading, actively reading) the first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information, and then send the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

本申请中,终端设备所在的TN区域可以包括终端设备当前所在的TN区域,或者,还可以包括终端设备临近的TN区域,不予限制。终端设备临近的TN区域可以是指终端设备的当前位置与TN区域的边界小于预设门限值。In the present application, the TN area where the terminal device is located may include the TN area where the terminal device is currently located, or may also include a TN area adjacent to the terminal device, without limitation. The TN area adjacent to the terminal device may refer to a boundary between the current location of the terminal device and the TN area being less than a preset threshold value.

一种可能的设计中,根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,包括:在收到第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息;如果确定获取到第一TN区域信息,确定终端设备所在的TN区域,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,该第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域。In one possible design, second TN area information is sent to the first network device based on the first TN area information, including: after receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has been obtained, determining the TN area where the terminal device is located, and sending second TN area information to the first network device, where the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.

一种可能的设计中,根据第一指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,包括:在收到第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息;如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, first TN area information in a first system message is obtained according to the first indication information, including: after receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message.

基于上述两种可能的设计,终端设备接收到第一指示信息之后,可以确定自身是否已获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定获取到,则可以确定第二TN区域信息并向第一网络设备发送,如果确定未获取到,则可以主动获取第一TN区域信息,进而确定第二TN区域信息并向第一网络设备发送,从而使得第一网络设备可以快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。 Based on the above two possible designs, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has been obtained, it can determine the second TN area information and send it to the first network device. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, it can actively obtain the first TN area information, and then determine the second TN area information and send it to the first network device, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第一指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。从而,可以使得终端设备(如处于连接态的终端设备)可以接收到第一指示信息,进而根据第一指示信息快速向第一网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In a possible design, the first indication information is carried in one or more of the following signalings: system message, dedicated signaling. Thus, the terminal device (such as a terminal device in a connected state) can receive the first indication information, and then quickly report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the first network device according to the first indication information.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括下述一种或多种信息:终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息时,可以上报能够指示终端设备所在的TN区域的简略信息(如上述某一种信息),以在第一网络设备根据第二TN区域信息能够确定终端设备所在的TN区域的基础上,降低第二TN区域信息的信令开销。终端设备也可以上报终端设备所在的TN区域的详细信息(如上述多种或全部信息),以避免第一网络设备根据简略的第二TN区域信息无法识别终端设备所在的TN区域。该可能的设计为第二TN区域信息的实现提供多种可行性方案。Based on this possible design, when the terminal device reports the second TN area information to the first network device, it can report brief information (such as one of the above information) that can indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, so as to reduce the signaling overhead of the second TN area information on the basis that the first network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information. The terminal device can also report detailed information (such as multiple or all of the above information) of the TN area where the terminal device is located, so as to avoid the first network device being unable to identify the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the brief second TN area information. This possible design provides multiple feasible solutions for the implementation of the second TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及终端设备的位置信息。从而,第一网络设备可以根据该第二TN区域信息确定终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域中,进而优化频点测量(如终端设备当前处于无TN覆盖区域,可以不用触发终端设备进行频点测量)。进一步的,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备上报终端设备的位置信息,以使第一网络设备可以确定终端设备的位置。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device. Thus, the first network device can determine that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage based on the second TN area information, and then optimize the frequency measurement (if the terminal device is currently in an area without TN coverage, the terminal device does not need to be triggered to perform frequency measurement). Furthermore, the terminal device can also report the location information of the terminal device to the first network device so that the first network device can determine the location of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令;其中,专用信令包括第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving dedicated signaling from the first network device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.

基于该可能的设计,当其他系统消息的搜索空间(search space other systeminformation)不在终端设备激活的部分带宽(band width part,BWP)内时,终端设备可能无法通过第一系统消息获取第一TN区域信息,基于此,第一网络设备通过在专用信令中下发第一TN区域信息,则可以使终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息。终端设备根据专用信令获取第一TN区域信息的方式与上述终端设备根据第一系统消息获取第一TN区域信息的方式可以结合使用,也可以分别独立实施,不予限制。Based on this possible design, when the search space of other system information is not within the bandwidth part (BWP) activated by the terminal device, the terminal device may not be able to obtain the first TN area information through the first system message. Based on this, the first network device sends the first TN area information in a dedicated signaling, so that the terminal device can obtain the first TN area information. The method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the dedicated signaling and the method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the first system message can be used in combination, or they can be implemented separately without restriction.

一种可能的设计中,接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令之前,方法还包括:根据第一指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;其中,第二指示信息指示未获取到第一TN区域信息,或者,第二指示信息用于请求获取第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, before receiving dedicated signaling from the first network device, the method also includes: sending second indication information to the first network device based on the first indication information; wherein the second indication information indicates that the first TN area information has not been obtained, or the second indication information is used to request the first TN area information.

基于该可能的设计,专用信令可以是终端设备通过第二指示信息触发第一网络设备下发的,也可以是第一网络设备主动下发的,不予限制,为终端设备获取专用信令提供多种可实现方式。Based on this possible design, the dedicated signaling can be sent by the first network device triggered by the terminal device through the second indication information, or it can be actively sent by the first network device, without restriction, providing a variety of feasible ways for the terminal device to obtain dedicated signaling.

一种可能的设计中,根据第一指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,包括:在收到第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息;如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息。In one possible design, second indication information is sent to the first network device based on the first indication information, including: after receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, sending second indication information to the first network device.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以在接收到第一指示信息时,触发终端设备确定自身是否获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到,则触发终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,以触发第一网络设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Based on this possible design, when the terminal device receives the first indication information, it can trigger the terminal device to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, the terminal device is triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send dedicated signaling including the first TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向第二网络设备发送第一请求;其中,第一请求用于请求重新建立无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接;接收来自第二网络设备的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending a first request to a second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish a radio resource control (RRC) connection; receiving third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of a TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

基于该可能的设计,如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而节约了终端设备的信令开销。同时,第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备根据重新建立的RRC连接上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在RRC重建流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on this possible design, if the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area according to the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the RRC reconstruction process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第三指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信息中:RRC重建消息、下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)信令、媒体接入控制控制单元(media access control control element, MAC CE)、RRC重配置消息。In one possible design, the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: an RRC reconstruction message, a downlink control information (DCI) signaling, a media access control control element (MACCE), MAC CE), RRC reconfiguration message.

基于该可能的设计,可以将第三指示信息携带在RRC重建消息或RRC重配置消息中,以节省后续信令交互流程,也可以将第三指示信息携带在DCI或MAC CE中,为第三指示信息的设计提供多种可行性方案。Based on this possible design, the third indication information can be carried in the RRC reconstruction message or the RRC reconfiguration message to save the subsequent signaling interaction process, or the third indication information can be carried in the DCI or MAC CE, providing multiple feasible solutions for the design of the third indication information.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第一网络设备的切换命令消息,接收来自第一网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,切换命令消息用于指示终端设备切换到第二网络设备,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving a switching command message from the first network device, and receiving fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the switching command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以根据第一网络设备发送的切换命令消息,执行小区切换流程以切换到第二网络设备,终端设备还可以根据第二网络设备通过第一网络设备发送的第四指示信息,确定在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。如果确定不用上报区域信息,则可以节约终端设备的信令开销。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can execute the cell switching process to switch to the second network device according to the switching command message sent by the first network device, and the terminal device can also determine whether to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the fourth indication information sent by the second network device through the first network device. If it is determined that the regional information does not need to be reported, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:向终端设备发送第一指示信息;第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第二TN区域信息是根据第一TN区域信息确定的,第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device. The method may include: sending a first indication information to a terminal device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN region where the terminal device is located; receiving second TN region information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN region information is used to indicate the TN region where the terminal device is located, the second TN region information is determined based on the first TN region information, and the first TN region information indicates one or more TN regions, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN regions.

基于第二方面,第一网络设备通过向终端设备发送第一指示信息,可以触发终端设备基于接收到的第一指示信息,根据第一TN区域信息确定第二TN区域信息,并上报给第一网络设备,以使第一网络设备可以快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,从而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the second aspect, the first network device can trigger the terminal device to determine the second TN area information according to the first TN area information based on the received first indication information by sending the first indication information to the terminal device, and report it to the first network device, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备发送第一系统消息;其中,第一系统消息包括第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, the first network device sends a first system message; wherein the first system message includes first TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,第一指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。In one possible design, the first indication information is carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message and dedicated signaling.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括下述一种或多种信息:终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向终端设备发送专用信令;其中,专用信令包括第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,向终端设备发送专用信令,包括:接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息,根据第二指示信息,向终端设备发送专用信令;其中,第二指示信息指示未获取到第一TN区域信息,或者,第二指示信息用于请求获取第一TN区域信息;或者,如果在预设时长内未接收到来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息,向终端设备发送专用信令。In one possible design, sending dedicated signaling to a terminal device includes: receiving second indication information from the terminal device, and sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device based on the second indication information; wherein the second indication information indicates that the first TN area information has not been obtained, or the second indication information is used to request the first TN area information; or, if the second TN area information from the terminal device is not received within a preset time length, sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以在接收到第一指示信息时,触发终端设备确定自身是否获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到,则触发终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,以触发第一网络设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。或者,与第二指示信息所不同的,第一网络设备也可以主动通过专用信令下发第一TN区域信息,例如第一网络设备将第一指示信息的发送时刻确定为预设时长的起始时刻,如果在预设时长内一直未接收到来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息,则向终端设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Based on this possible design, when receiving the first indication information, the terminal device can be triggered to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not obtained the first TN area information, the terminal device is triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information. Alternatively, different from the second indication information, the first network device can also actively send the first TN area information through a dedicated signaling. For example, the first network device determines the sending time of the first indication information as the starting time of a preset time length. If the second TN area information from the terminal device has not been received within the preset time length, a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information is sent to the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第二网络设备的第二请求;其中,第二请求用于请求终端设备的UE上下文;向第二网络设备发送终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息;其中,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TM区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。 In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; sending the UE context of the terminal device and third TN area information to the second network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

基于该可能的设计,第二网络设备可以从第一网络设备获取第三TN区域信息。如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而节约了终端设备的信令开销。同时,第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备根据重新建立的RRC连接上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在UE上下文获取流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on this possible design, the second network device can obtain the third TN area information from the first network device. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area based on the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance based on the third TN area information obtained in the UE context acquisition process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向第二网络设备发送第三请求;其中,第三请求用于请求将终端设备切换至第二网络设备,第三请求包括第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TM区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request that the terminal device be switched to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

基于该可能的设计,第一网络设备通过在小区切换流程的第三请求中携带第三TN区域信息,可以触发第二网络设备根据该第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以确定终端设备在完成小区切换后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备在完成小区切换后上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在小区切换流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on this possible design, the first network device can trigger the second network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching by carrying the third TN area information in the third request of the cell switching process. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. Therefore, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第二网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;向终端设备发送第四指示信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; and sending the fourth indication information to the terminal device.

基于该可能的设计,第一网络设备还可以将第二网络下发的第四指示信息转发给终端设备,以使终端设备根据该第四指示信息确定在完成小区切换后是否需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,如果确定不需要上报,则可以节约终端设备的信令开销。Based on this possible design, the first network device can also forward the fourth indication information issued by the second network to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether it is necessary to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the fourth indication information. If it is determined that no reporting is required, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

关于第二方面的各种可能的设计所能达到的技术效果还可以参照上述第一方面中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。Regarding the technical effects that can be achieved by various possible designs of the second aspect, reference can also be made to the description of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first aspect.

第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:接收来自第一网络设备的第五指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第六指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示终端设备上报是否获取到第一TN区域信息,第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device. The method may include: receiving fifth indication information from a first network device, and sending sixth indication information to the first network device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and the frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device obtains the first TN area information.

基于第三方面,终端设备可以根据接收到的第五指示信息,向第一网络设备上报第六指示信息,以使第一网络设备根据第六指示信息确定终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息,进而确定是否需要向终端设备发送第一TN区域信息,以使终端设备根据第一TN区域信息确定第二TN区域信息并上报,触发第一网络设备快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,从而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the third aspect, the terminal device can report the sixth indication information to the first network device based on the received fifth indication information, so that the first network device determines whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information based on the sixth indication information, and then determines whether it is necessary to send the first TN area information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the second TN area information based on the first TN area information and reports it, triggering the first network device to quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第一TN区域信息携带在第一系统消息中。In one possible design, the first TN area information is carried in the first system message.

一种可能的设计中,第五指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。In one possible design, the fifth indication information is carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message, dedicated signaling.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:根据第五指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。一种可能的设计中,根据第五指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,包括:在收到第五指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息;如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。 In one possible design, the method further includes: obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message according to the fifth indication information. In one possible design, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message according to the fifth indication information includes: after receiving the fifth indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message.

基于上述两种可能的设计,第一网络设备可以将第一TN区域信息携带在第一系统消息中进行广播。终端设备接收到第五指示信息之后,可以确定自身是否已获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到,则可以触发终端设备主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。如果确定自身已获取到第一TN区域信息,则可以不用主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。Based on the above two possible designs, the first network device can carry the first TN area information in the first system message for broadcasting. After receiving the fifth indication information, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not obtained, it can trigger the terminal device to actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message. If it is determined that it has obtained the first TN area information, it is not necessary to actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令;其中,专用信令包括第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving dedicated signaling from the first network device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.

基于该可能的设计,当其他系统消息的搜索空间不在终端设备激活的BWP内时,终端设备可能无法通过第一系统消息获取第一TN区域信息,基于此,第一网络设备通过在专用信令中下发第一TN区域信息,则可以使终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息。终端设备根据专用信令获取第一TN区域信息的方式与上述终端设备根据第一系统消息获取第一TN区域信息的方式可以结合使用,也可以分别独立实施,不予限制。Based on this possible design, when the search space of other system messages is not within the BWP activated by the terminal device, the terminal device may not be able to obtain the first TN area information through the first system message. Based on this, the first network device sends the first TN area information in a dedicated signaling, so that the terminal device can obtain the first TN area information. The method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the dedicated signaling and the method in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information according to the first system message can be used in combination, or they can be implemented separately without limitation.

一种可能的设计中,接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令之前,方法还包括:根据第五指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;其中,第二指示信息用于请求获取第一TN区域信息。一种可能的设计中,根据第五指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,包括:在收到第五指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息;如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息。In one possible design, before receiving the dedicated signaling from the first network device, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the first network device according to the fifth indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to request to obtain the first TN area information. In one possible design, sending the second indication information to the first network device according to the fifth indication information includes: after receiving the fifth indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, sending the second indication information to the first network device.

基于上述两种可能的设计,终端设备可以在接收到第五指示信息时,触发终端设备确定自身是否获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到,则触发终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,以触发第一网络设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Based on the above two possible designs, when the terminal device receives the fifth indication information, it can trigger the terminal device to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, the terminal device is triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send dedicated signaling including the first TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息,方法还包括:接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令。该专用信令包括第一TN区域信息。In a possible design, the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and the method further includes: receiving a dedicated signaling from the first network device. The dedicated signaling includes the first TN area information.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备也可以通过向第一网络设备发送用于指示终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息的第六指示信息,以触发第一网络设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Based on this possible design, the terminal device may also trigger the first network device to send dedicated signaling including the first TN area information by sending sixth indication information to the first network device to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备已获取到第一TN区域信息,方法还包括:根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域。In one possible design, the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information, and the method also includes: sending second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备还可以在确定自身已经获取到第一TN区域信息之后,根据第一TN区域信息向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,以使第一网络设备快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,从而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can also send the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information after determining that it has obtained the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括下述一种或多种信息:终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向第二网络设备发送第一请求;其中,第一请求用于请求重新建立RRC连接;接收来自第二网络设备的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending a first request to a second network device; wherein the first request is used to request re-establishing an RRC connection; receiving third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

一种可能的设计中,第三指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信息中:RRC重建消息、DCI、MAC CE、RRC重配置消息。In one possible design, the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第一网络设备的切换命令消息,接收来自第一网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,切换命令消息用于指示终端设备切换到第二网络设备,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving a switching command message from the first network device, and receiving fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the switching command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。 In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

基于第三方面的各个可能的设计所能达到的技术效果还可以参照上述第一方面中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。The technical effects that can be achieved by various possible designs based on the third aspect can also refer to the description of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first aspect.

第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:向终端设备发送第五指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示终端设备上报是否获取到第一TN区域信息,第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点;接收来自终端设备的第六指示信息;其中,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device. The method may include: sending fifth indication information to a terminal device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and the frequency points associated with the one or more TN areas; receiving sixth indication information from the terminal device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device obtains the first TN area information.

基于第四方面,第一网络设备通过向终端设备发送第五指示信息,可以触发终端设备上报第六指示信息,从而使得第一网络设备根据第六指示信息确定终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息,进而确定是否需要向终端设备发送第一TN区域信息,以使终端设备根据第一TN区域信息确定第二TN区域信息并上报,触发第一网络设备快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,从而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the fourth aspect, the first network device can trigger the terminal device to report the sixth indication information by sending the fifth indication information to the terminal device, so that the first network device determines whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information according to the sixth indication information, and then determines whether it is necessary to send the first TN area information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the second TN area information according to the first TN area information and reports it, triggering the first network device to quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第一TN区域信息携带在第一系统消息中。In one possible design, the first TN area information is carried in the first system message.

一种可能的设计中,第五指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。In one possible design, the fifth indication information is carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message, dedicated signaling.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向终端设备发送专用信令;其中,专用信令包括第一TN区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes first TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,向终端设备发送专用信令,包括:接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息,根据第二指示信息,向终端设备发送专用信令;其中,第二指示信息用于请求获取第一TN区域信息;或者,如果在预设时长内未接收到来自终端设备的第六指示信息,向终端设备发送专用信令。其中,预设时长的起始时刻可以是第五指示信息的发送时刻。In a possible design, sending a dedicated signaling to a terminal device includes: receiving second indication information from the terminal device, and sending a dedicated signaling to the terminal device according to the second indication information; wherein the second indication information is used to request to obtain the first TN area information; or, if the sixth indication information from the terminal device is not received within a preset time period, sending a dedicated signaling to the terminal device. The starting time of the preset time period may be the sending time of the fifth indication information.

基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以在接收到第五指示信息时,触发终端设备确定自身是否获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到,则触发终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,以触发第一网络设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。或者,与第二指示信息所不同的,第一网络设备也可以主动通过专用信令下发第一TN区域信息,例如第一网络设备将第五指示信息的发送时刻确定为预设时长的起始时刻,如果在预设时长内一直未接收到来自终端设备的第六指示信息,则向终端设备下发包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Based on this possible design, when receiving the fifth indication information, the terminal device can trigger the terminal device to determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If it is determined that it has not obtained the first TN area information, the terminal device can be triggered to send the second indication information to the first network device to trigger the first network device to send a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information. Alternatively, different from the second indication information, the first network device can also actively send the first TN area information through a dedicated signaling. For example, the first network device determines the sending time of the fifth indication information as the starting time of the preset time length. If the sixth indication information from the terminal device has not been received within the preset time length, the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information is sent to the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息,方法还包括:向终端设备发送专用信令。In one possible design, the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and the method also includes: sending dedicated signaling to the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备已获取到第一TN区域信息,方法还包括:接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第二TN区域信息是根据第一TN区域信息确定的。从而,第一网络设备能够快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。In one possible design, the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has acquired the first TN area information, and the method further includes: receiving the second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the second TN area information is determined based on the first TN area information. Thus, the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency point measurement based on the TN area where the terminal device is located, improve the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reduce the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieve the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括下述一种或多种信息:终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者,第二TN区域信息包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及终端设备的位置信息。In one possible design, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第二网络设备的第二请求;其中,第二请求用于请求终端设备的UE上下文;向第二网络设备发送终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息;其中,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TM区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; sending the UE context of the terminal device and third TN area information to the second network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向第二网络设备发送第三请求;其中,第三请求用于请求将终端设备切换至第二网络设备,第三请求包括第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TM区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request that the terminal device be switched to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

一种可能的设计中,接收来自第二网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;向终端设备发送第 四指示信息。In one possible design, fourth indication information is received from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; and the fourth indication information is sent to the terminal device. 4. Indication information.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

基于第四方面的各个可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照前述第一方面至第三方面中对类似内容的技术效果的描述,不予赘述。The technical effects that can be achieved by various possible designs based on the fourth aspect can refer to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the first to third aspects mentioned above, and will not be repeated here.

第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;向第二网络设备发送第一请求;其中,第一请求用于请求重新建立RRC连接;接收来自第二网络设备的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device. The method may include: sending second TN area information to a first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; sending a first request to a second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish an RRC connection; receiving third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

基于第五方面,第一请求可以触发第二网络设备在RRC重建流程(或者称为UE上下文获取流程)中从第一网络设备处获取用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域的第三TN区域信息,进而根据该第三TN区域信息向终端设备发送第三指示信息。如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而节约了终端设备的信令开销。同时,第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备根据重新建立的RRC连接上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在RRC重建流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the fifth aspect, the first request can trigger the second network device to obtain the third TN area information indicating the TN area where the terminal device is located from the first network device in the RRC reconstruction process (or UE context acquisition process), and then send the third indication information to the terminal device according to the third TN area information. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area according to the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the RRC reconstruction process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第三指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信息中:RRC重建消息、DCI、MAC CE、RRC重配置消息。In one possible design, the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

基于第五方面中的各种可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照上述第一方面至第四方面中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。The technical effects that can be achieved based on various possible designs in the fifth aspect can refer to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects.

第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;接收来自第二网络设备的第二请求;其中,第二请求用于请求终端设备的UE上下文;向第二网络设备发送终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息,第三区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TN区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device. The method may include: receiving second TN area information from a terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; sending the UE context of the terminal device and third TN area information to the second network device, the third area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TN area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

基于第六方面,第二网络设备可以从第一网络设备获取第三TN区域信息。如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而节约了终端设备的信令开销。同时,第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备根据重新建立的RRC连接上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在UE上下文获取流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the sixth aspect, the second network device can obtain the third TN area information from the first network device. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area based on the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance based on the third TN area information obtained in the UE context acquisition process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

关于第六方面中各个可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照上述第一方面至第五方面中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。 Regarding the technical effects that can be achieved by each possible design in the sixth aspect, reference can be made to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects.

第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;接收来自第一网络设备的切换命令消息,接收来自第一网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,切换命令消息用于指示终端设备切换到第二网络设备,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the terminal device. The method may include: sending second TN area information to a first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; receiving a switching command message from the first network device, and receiving fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the switching command message is used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

基于第七方面,终端设备可以向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息,以使第一网络设备在小区切换流程中,根据第二TN区域信息向第二网络设备发送用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域的第三TN区域信息,触发第二网络设备通过第一网络设备向终端设备下发第四指示信息。终端设备还可以根据第一网络设备发送的切换命令消息,执行小区切换流程以切换到第二网络设备,终端设备还可以根据第二网络设备通过第一网络设备发送的第四指示信息,确定在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。如果不用上报区域信息,则可以节约终端设备的信令开销。Based on the seventh aspect, the terminal device can report the second TN area information to the first network device, so that the first network device sends the third TN area information indicating the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device according to the second TN area information in the cell switching process, triggering the second network device to send the fourth indication information to the terminal device through the first network device. The terminal device can also execute the cell switching process to switch to the second network device according to the switching command message sent by the first network device, and the terminal device can also determine whether to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the fourth indication information sent by the second network device through the first network device. If the area information does not need to be reported, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

关于第七方面中可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照上述第一方面至第六方面中中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。Regarding the technical effects that can be achieved by the possible designs in the seventh aspect, reference can be made to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.

第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;向第二网络设备发送第三请求;其中,第三请求用于请求将终端设备切换至第二网络设备,第三请求包括第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TM区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a first network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the first network device. The method may include: receiving second TN area information from a terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

基于第八方面,第一网络设备可以获取终端设备上报的第二TN区域信息,第一网络设备还可以在小区切换流程中,根据第二TN区域信息在第三请求中携带第三TN区域信息,触发第二网络设备根据该第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以确定终端设备在完成小区切换后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备在完成小区切换后上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在小区切换流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the eighth aspect, the first network device can obtain the second TN area information reported by the terminal device. The first network device can also carry the third TN area information in the third request according to the second TN area information in the cell switching process, triggering the second network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the third TN area information. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. Therefore, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:接收来自第二网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;向终端设备发送第四指示信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: receiving fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; and sending the fourth indication information to the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

关于第八方面中可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照上述第一方面至第七方面中中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。Regarding the technical effects that can be achieved by the possible designs in the eighth aspect, reference can be made to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects.

第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第二网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:接收来自终端设备的第一请求;其中,第一请求用于请求重新建立RRC连接;根据第一请求,向第一网络设备发送第二请求;其中,第二请求用于请求终端设备的UE上下文;接收来自第一网络设备的终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息;其中,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;根据第三TN区域信息,向终端设备发送第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设 备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In the ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a second network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the second network device. The method may include: receiving a first request from a terminal device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish an RRC connection; according to the first request, sending a second request to the first network device; wherein the second request is used to request a UE context of the terminal device; receiving a UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device from the first network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; according to the third TN area information, sending third indication information to the terminal device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device should re-establish the RRC connection to the second network device. The terminal device is prepared to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.

基于第九方面,第二网络设备可以根据终端设备的第一请求,触发RRC重建流程,以获取第一网络设备发送的第三TN区域信息,进而根据该第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,并向终端设备发送第三指示信息。如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而节约了终端设备的信令开销。同时,第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备根据重新建立的RRC连接上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在UE上下文获取流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the ninth aspect, the second network device can trigger the RRC reconstruction process according to the first request of the terminal device to obtain the third TN area information sent by the first network device, and then determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection according to the third TN area information, and send the third indication information to the terminal device. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area according to the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the UE context acquisition process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,第三指示信息携带在下述一种或多种消息中:RRC重建消息、DCI、MAC CE、RRC重配置消息。In one possible design, the third indication information is carried in one or more of the following messages: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.

一种可能的设计中,如果根据第三TN区域信息确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;或者,如果根据第三TN区域信息不能确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, if the TN area where the terminal device is located is determined based on the third TN area information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established; or, if the TN area where the terminal device is located cannot be determined based on the third TN area information, the third indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

关于第九方面中可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照上述第一方面至第八方面中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。Regarding the technical effects that can be achieved by the possible designs in the ninth aspect, reference can be made to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to eighth aspects.

第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第二网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或片上系统。该方法可以包括:接收来自第一网络设备的第三请求;其中,第三请求用于请求将终端设备切换至第二网络设备,第三请求包括第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;根据第三请求,确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the execution subject of the method may be a second network device, or a chip, a chip system, or a system on chip in the second network device. The method may include: receiving a third request from the first network device; wherein the third request is used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, the third request includes third TN area information, and the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; according to the third request, determining whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

基于第十方面,第二网络设备可以根据该第三请求中携带的第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以确定终端设备在完成小区切换后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备在完成小区切换后上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在小区切换流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the tenth aspect, the second network device can determine whether the terminal device needs to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching according to the third TN area information carried in the third request. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, so that the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:向第一网络设备发送第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, the method also includes: sending fourth indication information to the first network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

基于该可能的设计,第二网络设备可以通过第一网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,当第四指示信息指示终端设备在完成小区切换后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息时,可以节省终端设备的信令开销。Based on this possible design, the second network device can send a fourth indication message to the terminal device through the first network device. When the fourth indication message instructs the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, the signaling overhead of the terminal device can be saved.

一种可能的设计中,如果根据第三TN区域信息确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;或者,如果根据第三TN区域信息不能确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one possible design, if the TN area where the terminal device is located is determined based on the third TN area information, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; or, if the TN area where the terminal device is located cannot be determined based on the third TN area information, the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

一种可能的设计中,第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。In one possible design, the first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

一种可能的设计中,第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。 In one possible design, the second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device.

关于第十方面中可能的设计所能达到的技术效果可以参照上述第一方面至第九方面中中对类似内容的技术效果的描述。Regarding the technical effects that can be achieved by the possible designs in the tenth aspect, reference can be made to the descriptions of the technical effects of similar contents in the above-mentioned first to ninth aspects.

第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以应用于上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面或第七方面的终端设备,以实现上述终端设备所执行的功能,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备的芯片或者芯片系统或者片上系统等,通信装置可以通过硬件执行上述终端设备所执行的功能,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如,收发模块和处理模块。In the eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the terminal device of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect to implement the functions performed by the terminal device. The communication device can be a terminal device, or a chip or a chip system or a system on a chip of the terminal device, etc. The communication device can perform the functions performed by the terminal device through hardware, or can perform corresponding software implementation through hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第一方面所述的方法,收发模块用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息;该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;收发模块,还用于根据第一指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息;该第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点;收发模块,还用于根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;该第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in the first aspect, the transceiver module is used to receive first indication information from a first network device; the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information; the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas; the transceiver module is also used to send second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information; the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第三方面所述的方法,收发模块用于接收来自第一网络设备的第五指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第六指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示终端设备上报是否获取到第一TN区域信息,第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in the third aspect, the transceiver module is used to receive fifth indication information from the first network device and send sixth indication information to the first network device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device obtains the first TN area information.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第五方面所述的方法,收发模块用于向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;收发模块,还用于向第二网络设备发送第一请求;其中,第一请求用于请求重新建立RRC连接;收发模块,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in the fifth aspect, the transceiver module is used to send second TN area information to the first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send a first request to the second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish the RRC connection; the transceiver module is also used to receive third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第七方面所述的方法,收发模块用于向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;收发模块,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in aspect seven, the transceiver module is used to send second TN area information to the first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to receive fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

可选的,第十一方面中的通信装置的收发模块和处理模块还可以执行上述第一方面、或第三方面或第五方面或第七方面中各种可能的设计中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,所能达到的有益效果也可以参见前述相关内容。Optionally, the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the eleventh aspect can also perform corresponding functions in various possible designs in the above-mentioned first aspect, or the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details, and the beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.

第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以应用于上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面或第八方面中的第一网络设备,以实现上述第一网络设备所执行的功能,该通信装置可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备的芯片或者片上系统等,通信装置可以通过硬件执行上述第一网络设备所执行的功能,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如,收发模块和处理模块。In the twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the first network device in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect to implement the function performed by the first network device. The communication device can be the first network device, or it can be a chip or a system on a chip of the first network device. The communication device can perform the function performed by the first network device through hardware, or it can perform the corresponding software implementation through hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第二方面所述的方法,收发模块用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息;第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;收发模块,还用于接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第二TN区域信息是根据第一TN区域信息确定的,第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in the second aspect, the transceiver module is used to send a first indication message to the terminal device; the first indication message is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the second TN area information is determined based on the first TN area information, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with one or more TN areas.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第四方面所述的方法,收发模块用于向终端设备发送第五指示信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示终端设备上报是否获取到第一TN区域信息,第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点;收发模块,还用于接收来自终端设备的第六指示信息;其中,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in the fourth aspect, the transceiver module is used to send fifth indication information to the terminal device; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points associated with one or more TN areas respectively; the transceiver module is also used to receive sixth indication information from the terminal device; wherein the sixth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第六方面所述的方法,收发模块用于接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;收发模块,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第二请求;其中,第二请求用于请求终端设备的UE上下文;向第二网络设备发送终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TN区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。 In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in aspect 6, the transceiver module is used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to receive a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request the UE context of the terminal device; the UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device are sent to the second network device, the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TN area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第八方面所述的方法,收发模块用于接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,第二TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;收发模块,还用于向第二网络设备发送第三请求;其中,第三请求用于请求进行小区切换,第三请求包括第二TN区域信息;收发模块,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;向终端设备发送第四指示信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in aspect eight, the transceiver module is used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request a cell switch, and the third request includes the second TN area information; the transceiver module is also used to receive fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switch; and sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device.

可选的,第十二方面中的通信装置的收发模块和处理模块还可以执行上述或第四方面或第六方面或第八方面中各种可能的设计中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,所能达到的有益效果也可以参见前述相关内容。Optionally, the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the twelfth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in various possible designs in the above-mentioned or fourth aspect or sixth aspect or eighth aspect. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.

第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,通信装置可以应用于上述第九方面或第十方面中的第二网络设备,以实现上述第二网络设备所执行的功能,该通信装置可以是第二网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备的芯片或者片上系统等,通信装置可以通过硬件执行上述第二网络设备所执行的功能,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。如,收发模块和处理模块。In the thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which can be applied to the second network device in the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect to implement the functions performed by the second network device. The communication device can be the second network device, or it can be a chip or system on chip of the second network device, etc. The communication device can perform the functions performed by the second network device through hardware, or it can perform corresponding software implementation through hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, a transceiver module and a processing module.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第九方面所述的方法,收发模块用于接收来自终端设备的第一请求;其中,第一请求用于请求重新建立RRC连接;收发模块,还用于根据第一请求,向第一网络设备发送第二请求;其中,第二请求用于请求终端设备的UE上下文;收发模块,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息;其中,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;收发模块,还用于根据第三TN区域信息,向终端设备发送第三指示信息;其中,第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in aspect 9, the transceiver module is used to receive a first request from a terminal device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish an RRC connection; the transceiver module is also used to send a second request to the first network device based on the first request; wherein the second request is used to request the UE context of the terminal device; the transceiver module is also used to receive the UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device from the first network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send third indication information to the terminal device based on the third TN area information; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

在一个示例中,如果通信装置用于执行第十方面所述的方法,收发模块用于接收来自第一网络设备的第三请求;其中,第三请求用于请求进行小区切换,第三请求包括第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域;收发模块,还用于根据第三请求,向第一网络设备发送第四指示信息;其中,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one example, if the communication device is used to execute the method described in aspect ten, the transceiver module is used to receive a third request from the first network device; wherein the third request is used to request a cell switch, and the third request includes third TN area information, and the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located; the transceiver module is also used to send fourth indication information to the first network device according to the third request; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switch.

可选的,第十三方面中的通信装置的收发模块和处理模块还可以执行上述第九方或第十方面中各种可能的设计中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,所能达到的有益效果也可以参见前述相关内容。Optionally, the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the thirteenth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in various possible designs in the above-mentioned ninth or tenth aspect. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details, and the beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.

第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括一个或多个处理器;一个或多个处理器,用于运行计算机程序或指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令或指令时,使得通信装置执行如第一方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的通信方法。In the fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes one or more processors; one or more processors are used to run computer programs or instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions or instructions, the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of the first to tenth aspects.

一种可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括一个或多个存储器,一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储上述计算机程序或指令。在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于所述通信装置之外。在另一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于所述通信装置之内。本申请实施例中,处理器和存储器还可能集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。在一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信装置还包括收发器,所述收发器,用于接收信息和/或发送信息。In one possible design, the communication device further includes one or more memories, the one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store the above-mentioned computer programs or instructions. In one possible implementation, the memory is located outside the communication device. In another possible implementation, the memory is located inside the communication device. In an embodiment of the present application, the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together. In one possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver is used to receive information and/or send information.

一种可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括一个或多个通信接口,一个或多个通信接口和一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个通信接口用于与通信装置之外的其它模块进行通信。In one possible design, the communication device also includes one or more communication interfaces, the one or more communication interfaces are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more communication interfaces are used to communicate with other modules outside the communication device.

第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置包括输入输出接口和逻辑电路;输入输出接口,用于输入和/或输出信息;逻辑电路用于执行如第一方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的通信方法,根据信息进行处理和/或生成信息。In the fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes an input/output interface and a logic circuit; the input/output interface is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the communication method described in any one of the first to tenth aspects, and process and/or generate information based on the information.

第十六方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。In the sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores computer instructions or programs. When the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the communication method as described in any one of the first to tenth aspects is executed.

第十七方面,提供了一种包含计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。 In the seventeenth aspect, a computer program product comprising computer instructions is provided, which, when executed on a computer, enables the communication method as described in any one of the first to tenth aspects to be executed.

第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得如第一方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。In the eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the communication method described in any one of the first to tenth aspects to be executed.

第十九方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一网络设备和/或第二网络设备,其中,第一网络设备可以执行如前述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面或第八方面所述的方法,第二网络设备可以执行如前述第九方面或第十方面所述的方法。In the nineteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes a first network device and/or a second network device, wherein the first network device can execute the method described in the second aspect or the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect or the eighth aspect, and the second network device can execute the method described in the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect.

在一个示例中,该通信系统还包括终端设备,该终端设备可以执行如前述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面或第七方面的方法。In one example, the communication system also includes a terminal device, which can execute the method of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect as described above.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的RRC状态示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an RRC state of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种TN区域示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a TN region provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备的示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of an access network device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG11 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG12 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG13 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG14 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG15 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图17为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构图。FIG17 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

在描述本申请实施例之前,对本申请实施例涉及的技术术语进行描述。Before describing the embodiments of the present application, the technical terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are described.

非陆地通信网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN):NTN通过将接入网设备或者部分接入网设备功能部署在非地面网络设备,例如高空平台设备或者卫星或无人机上,或者以非地面网络设备作为接入网设备,以提供无缝覆盖,提升通信系统的可靠性。本申请中以卫星作为非地面网络设备的示例进行介绍。卫星的运行轨道根据高度可以分为:Non-terrestrial network (NTN): NTN provides seamless coverage and improves the reliability of the communication system by deploying access network equipment or some access network equipment functions on non-terrestrial network equipment, such as high-altitude platform equipment or satellites or drones, or using non-terrestrial network equipment as access network equipment. This application uses satellites as an example of non-terrestrial network equipment. The orbits of satellites can be divided into the following according to their altitude:

(1)低轨道(LEO):轨道高度为160~2 000km;(1) Low Earth Orbit (LEO): orbit altitude is 160 to 2 000 km;

(2)中轨道(MEO):轨道高度为2 000~35 786km;(2) Medium orbit (MEO): orbit altitude is 2 000~35 786km;

(3)静止轨道(GEO):轨道高度为35 786km,运行在此轨道上的卫星与地球的相对位置不受地球自转的影响。(3) Geostationary Orbit (GEO): The orbit altitude is 35 786 km. The relative position of satellites in this orbit is not affected by the rotation of the Earth.

无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态:在新空口(new radio,NR)通信系统中,终端设备的RRC状态可以包括连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)、去活动态(RRC_INACTIVE)、空闲态(RRC_IDLE),三种状态之间的转换可以如图1所示。Radio resource control (RRC) state: In the new radio (NR) communication system, the RRC state of the terminal device may include a connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), a deactivated state (RRC_INACTIVE), and an idle state (RRC_IDLE). The transitions between the three states may be shown in Figure 1.

其中,终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED状态时,终端设备与网络设备以及核心网设备都已建立链路,当有数据到达网络时可以直接传送到终端设备。处于连接态的终端设备需要根据网络下发的测量控制信息进行邻区测量。When the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the terminal device has established links with the network device and the core network device. When data arrives at the network, it can be directly transmitted to the terminal device. The terminal device in the connected state needs to perform neighboring area measurement according to the measurement control information sent by the network.

其中,当终端设备处于RRC_INACTIVE状态时,表示终端设备之前和网络设备以及核心网设备建立过链路,但是终端设备到网络设备这一段链路被释放了,虽然链路被释放了,但是终端设备和网络设备保存有终端设备的上下文,当有数据需要传输时,网络设备可以快速恢复这段链路。Among them, when the terminal device is in the RRC_INACTIVE state, it means that the terminal device has previously established a link with the network device and the core network device, but the link from the terminal device to the network device has been released. Although the link has been released, the terminal device and the network device save the context of the terminal device. When data needs to be transmitted, the network device can quickly restore this link.

其中,当终端设备处于RRC_IDLE状态时,终端设备与网络设备和核心网设备之间都没有链路,当有数据需要传输时,需要建立终端设备到网络设备及核心网设备的链路。当RRC_IDLE状态或者 RRC_INACTIVE状态的终端设备驻留在一个小区后,终端设备可能需要对相邻的小区进行测量,用于选择信号质量较好的小区进行驻留,这就是小区重选过程。小区选择是尽快找到一个合适小区的过程,小区重选是选择更适合小区的过程。Among them, when the terminal device is in the RRC_IDLE state, there is no link between the terminal device and the network device and the core network device. When there is data to be transmitted, a link between the terminal device and the network device and the core network device needs to be established. After a terminal device in the RRC_INACTIVE state resides in a cell, the terminal device may need to measure adjacent cells to select a cell with better signal quality to reside in. This is the cell reselection process. Cell selection is the process of finding a suitable cell as quickly as possible, and cell reselection is the process of selecting a more suitable cell.

基于上述对NTN和RRC状态的描述,NTN小区的覆盖范围较大,NTN小区下可能会覆盖较多个陆地通信网络(terrestrial network,TN)小区或TN频点,NTN小区的系统消息中会携带该NTN小区覆盖的所有TN频点,处于该NTN小区中的终端设备进行频点测量时,可以根据接收到的系统消息对接收到的所有TN频点进行测量。Based on the above description of NTN and RRC status, the coverage of NTN cell is relatively large, and the NTN cell may cover multiple terrestrial network (TN) cells or TN frequencies. The system message of NTN cell will carry all TN frequencies covered by the NTN cell. When the terminal device in the NTN cell performs frequency measurement, it can measure all received TN frequencies according to the received system message.

但是,当终端设备所处的位置周围TN频点较少甚至没有TN频点时,根据接收到的系统消息测量全部的TN频点会浪费终端设备的功耗,无法达到给终端设备省电的目的。However, when there are few or even no TN frequencies around the terminal device, measuring all TN frequencies according to the received system message will waste the power consumption of the terminal device and fail to achieve the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

示例性的,如图2所示,以终端设备1和终端设备2均处于NTN小区的覆盖范围内时,终端设备1和终端设备2需要根据接收到的系统消息,对该NTN小区覆盖的所有TN频点进行测量。但是,终端设备1所处的位置周围TN频点较少,终端设备2所处的位置周围没有TN频点,当终端设备1和终端设备2对该NTN小区覆盖的所有TN频点进行测量时,会浪费终端设备的功耗,无法达到给终端设备省电的目的。For example, as shown in FIG2 , when both terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are within the coverage of the NTN cell, terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 need to measure all TN frequency points covered by the NTN cell according to the received system message. However, there are fewer TN frequency points around the location of terminal device 1, and there are no TN frequency points around the location of terminal device 2. When terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 measure all TN frequency points covered by the NTN cell, the power consumption of the terminal device will be wasted, and the purpose of saving power for the terminal device cannot be achieved.

基于此,提出可以采用下述频点测量优化机制以使处于非连接态的终端设备减少TN频点测量:即由网络设备下发TN区域信息,并且将TN区域与该区域下存在的TN频点绑定,通过广播或者专用信令下发给终端设备,终端设备根据自己的位置信息确定自身所处的TN区域,然后得到该TN区域内相应的频点,进行相应频点的测量,以实现更精准的频点测量,从而取代测量整个NTN小区内全部TN频点的方案。Based on this, it is proposed that the following frequency measurement optimization mechanism can be adopted to reduce TN frequency measurement for terminal devices in a non-connected state: the network device sends TN area information, and binds the TN area with the TN frequency points existing in the area, and sends it to the terminal device through broadcast or dedicated signaling. The terminal device determines the TN area where it is located based on its own location information, and then obtains the corresponding frequency points in the TN area, and measures the corresponding frequency points to achieve more accurate frequency point measurement, thereby replacing the solution of measuring all TN frequency points in the entire NTN cell.

其中,网络设备下发的TN区域信息可以指示一个或多个TN小区所在的区域,或者网络设备下发的TN区域信息指示一个或者多个TN覆盖的区域。可选的,可以采用一个中心+半径的形式来表示TN区域,也可能根据NTN和TN的边界线表示TN区域,也可能是多边形来表示TN区域,不予限制。The TN area information sent by the network device may indicate an area where one or more TN cells are located, or the TN area information sent by the network device may indicate an area covered by one or more TNs. Optionally, the TN area may be represented by a center + radius, or by a boundary line between NTN and TN, or by a polygon, without limitation.

示例性的,如图2所示,以网络设备下发的TN区域信息用于指示TN区域1、TN区域2和TN区域3为例,终端设备3可以根据自己的位置信息确定自身处于TN区域1,进而根据网络设备下发的TN区域信息确定TN区域1关联的频点F1,进行频点F1的测量。终端设备4可以根据自己的位置信息确定自身处于TN区域2,进而根据网络设备下发的TN区域信息确定TN区域2关联的频点F2,进行频点F2的测量。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG2, taking the TN area information sent by the network device to indicate TN area 1, TN area 2 and TN area 3 as an example, terminal device 3 can determine that it is in TN area 1 according to its own location information, and then determine the frequency point F1 associated with TN area 1 according to the TN area information sent by the network device, and measure the frequency point F1. Terminal device 4 can determine that it is in TN area 2 according to its own location information, and then determine the frequency point F2 associated with TN area 2 according to the TN area information sent by the network device, and measure the frequency point F2.

或者,参照上述非空闲态的频点测量优化机制,也可以利用网络设备下发的TN区域信息来进行处于连接态的终端设备的频点测量的优化。Alternatively, referring to the above-mentioned frequency point measurement optimization mechanism in the non-idle state, the frequency point measurement of the terminal device in the connected state may also be optimized by using the TN area information sent by the network device.

其中,网络设备可以通过系统消息下发TN区域信息,终端设备检测到自身所在的TN区域或者临近的TN区域,并上报给网络设备,以指示终端设备正在哪块或者接近哪块TN区域,网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的TN区域信息来为终端设备配置连接态的频点测量,即为终端设备配置终端设备所在TN区域关联的TN频点的测量,以提高连接态测量配置的精确度。Among them, the network device can send TN area information through system messages, and the terminal device detects the TN area where it is located or the adjacent TN area, and reports it to the network device to indicate which TN area the terminal device is in or close to. The network device can configure the frequency measurement of the connection state for the terminal device based on the TN area information reported by the terminal device, that is, configure the terminal device with the measurement of the TN frequency associated with the TN area where the terminal device is located to improve the accuracy of the connection state measurement configuration.

但是,上述频点测量优化机制中,网络设备下发TN区域信息是为处于空闲态的终端设备测量引入的,该TN区域信息可能会被放在小区重选所需的系统消息中。当终端设备进入连接态时,只需要必须的主信息块(master information block,MIB)和系统消息1(systeminformation block1,SIB1)就可以进入连接态,无需主动获取小区重选所需的系统消息,即终端设备进入连接态之后,终端设备可能并没有获得网络设备下发的TN区域信息,进而无法实现对频点测量的优化。However, in the above frequency point measurement optimization mechanism, the TN area information sent by the network device is introduced for the measurement of the terminal device in the idle state, and the TN area information may be placed in the system message required for cell reselection. When the terminal device enters the connected state, it only needs the necessary master information block (MIB) and system information block 1 (SIB1) to enter the connected state, without actively obtaining the system message required for cell reselection. That is, after the terminal device enters the connected state, the terminal device may not obtain the TN area information sent by the network device, and thus cannot achieve the optimization of frequency point measurement.

为了解决上述技术问题,本申请提出:终端设备可以在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一指示信息时,确定自身是否已获取到第一TN区域信息,如果没有,则可以主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,进而根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,以使第一网络设备快速获取终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域更新频点测量,从而降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。In order to solve the above technical problems, the present application proposes: when receiving the first indication information sent by the first network device, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information. If not, it can actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, and then send the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly obtain the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly update the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device for frequency measurement and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

下面结合说明书附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例提供的通信方法可用于任一通信系统,该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(third generation partnership project,3GPP)通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,又可以为5G移动通信系统、NR通信系统、新空口车联网(vehicle to everything,NR V2X)系统,还可 以应用于LTE和5G混合组网的系统中,或者非陆地通信网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)系统、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of things,IoT),以及其他下一代通信系统,例如6G等未来通信系统,也可以为非3GPP通信系统,不予限制。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be used in any communication system, which can be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (LTE) system, a 5G mobile communication system, an NR communication system, a new air interface vehicle to everything (NR V2X) system, or a 3GPP communication system. It can be used in systems with hybrid networking of LTE and 5G, or non-terrestrial network (NTN) systems, device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of Things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems, such as future communication systems such as 6G, and can also be non-3GPP communication systems without restriction.

下面以图3为例,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described below using FIG. 3 as an example.

图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图,如图3所示,该通信系统可以包括一个或多个终端设备、一个或多个接入网设备、核心网设备。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the communication system may include one or more terminal devices, one or more access network devices, and a core network device.

其中,图3中终端设备可以位于接入网设备的波束/小区覆盖范围内,接入网设备可以为终端设备提供通信服务。Among them, the terminal device in Figure 3 can be located within the beam/cell coverage of the access network device, and the access network device can provide communication services for the terminal device.

其中,图3中的终端设备可以是具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片或芯片系统,可以允许用户接入网络,是用于向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、终端(terminal)或者移动台(mobile station,MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。The terminal device in FIG3 may be a device with wireless transceiver function or a chip or chip system that can be set in the device, which can allow users to access the network and is a device for providing voice and/or data connectivity to users. The terminal device may also be called user equipment (UE), subscriber unit, terminal, mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.

示例性的,图3中的终端设备可以是蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、手机(mobile phone)、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、智能音箱、火车探测器、加油站传感器等。终端设备还可以是VR终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端车载终端、具有车对车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)通信能力的车辆、智能网联车、有无人机对无人机(UAV to UAV,U2U)通信能力的无人机等等,不予限制。Exemplarily, the terminal device in FIG3 may be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a tablet computer or a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer, a smart speaker, a train detector, a gas station sensor, etc. The terminal device can also be a VR terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, a machine type communication (MTC) terminal on-board terminal, a vehicle with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capability, an intelligent connected vehicle, a drone with UAV to UAV (U2U) communication capability, etc., without restriction.

其中,图3中的接入网设备可以是任意一种部署在接入网中能够和终端设备进行无线通信的设备,还可以是可设置于上述设备的芯片或芯片系统,还可以是逻辑节点或者逻辑模块或者以软件方式实现的功能,可以用于实现无线物理控制功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。具体的,网络设备可以为支持有线接入的设备,也可以为支持无线接入的设备。The access network device in FIG3 may be any device deployed in the access network that can communicate wirelessly with the terminal device, or a chip or chip system that can be set in the above device, or a logical node or a logical module or a function implemented in software, which can be used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, mobility management, etc. Specifically, the network device may be a device that supports wired access or a device that supports wireless access.

本申请中所述的网络设备可以为接入网(access network,AN)/无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备由一个或多个AN/RAN节点组成。AN/RAN节点可以为:继续演进的节点B(gNB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(NodeB,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home NodeB,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点(access point,AP)等。The network device described in the present application may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) device composed of one or more AN/RAN nodes. The AN/RAN node may be: a gNB, a transmission reception point (TRP), an evolved NodeB (eNB), a radio network controller (RNC), a NodeB (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB), a base band unit (BBU), or a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (AP), etc.

另外,在一种网络结构中,AN/RAN节点可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。其中,如图4所示,将gNB从逻辑功能角度划分为CU和DU,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。更进一步,集中式单元CU还可以划分为控制面(CU-CP)和用户面(CU-UP)。其中CU-CP负责控制面功能,主要包含RRC和控制面对应的分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP),即PDCP-C。PDCP-C主要负责控制面数据的加解密,完整性保护,数据传输等。CU-UP负责用户面功能,主要包含服务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)和用户面对应的PDCP,即PDCP-U。其中SDAP主要负责将核心网的数据进行处理并将数据流映射到承载。PDCP-U主要负责数据面的加解密,完整性保护,头压缩,序列号维护,数据传输等。其中CU-CP和CU-UP通过E1接口连接。CU-CP代表网络设备通过NG接口和核心网设备连接,通过F1接口控制面即F1-C和DU连接。CU-UP通过F1接口用户面即F1-U和DU连接。当然还有一种可能的实现是PDCP-C也在CU-UP,不予限制。In addition, in a network structure, the AN/RAN node may include a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node. As shown in FIG4 , the gNB is divided into CU and DU from the perspective of logical functions, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled by the CU, and the functions of the remaining part or all of the protocol layers are distributed in the DU, and the DU is centrally controlled by the CU. Furthermore, the centralized unit CU can also be divided into a control plane (CU-CP) and a user plane (CU-UP). The CU-CP is responsible for the control plane functions, mainly including RRC and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) corresponding to the control plane, namely PDCP-C. PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, data transmission, etc. The CU-UP is responsible for the user plane functions, mainly including the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) and the PDCP corresponding to the user plane, namely PDCP-U. Among them, SDAP is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the data flow to the bearer. PDCP-U is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, sequence number maintenance, data transmission, etc. of the data plane. CU-CP and CU-UP are connected through the E1 interface. CU-CP represents that the network equipment is connected to the core network equipment through the NG interface, and is connected to the DU through the F1 interface control plane, namely F1-C. CU-UP is connected to the DU through the F1 interface user plane, namely F1-U. Of course, another possible implementation is that PDCP-C is also in CU-UP, which is not restricted.

在不同系统中,CU(包括CU-CP或CU-UP)、或DU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,在开放式无线接入网(open radio access network,O-RAN)系统 中,CU也可以称为O-CU(开放式CU),DU也可以称为O-DU,CU-CP也可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP也可以称为O-CU-UP。为描述方便,本申请中以CU,CU-CP,CU-UP、和DU为例进行描述。In different systems, CU (including CU-CP or CU-UP) or DU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings. For example, in an open radio access network (O-RAN) system In the present invention, CU may also be referred to as O-CU (open CU), DU may also be referred to as O-DU, CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP, and CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP. For the convenience of description, this application takes CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, and DU as examples for description.

可选的,以上述通信系统为NTN通信系统为例,NTN通信系统还可以包括一个或多个非地面网络设备,该NTN通信系统可以为下述图5至图8所示的任一通信系统,非地面网络设备可以为图5至图8所示的任一非地面网络设备。Optionally, taking the above-mentioned communication system as an NTN communication system as an example, the NTN communication system may also include one or more non-ground network devices. The NTN communication system may be any communication system shown in the following Figures 5 to 8 , and the non-ground network device may be any non-ground network device shown in Figures 5 to 8 .

其中,当非地面网络设备为卫星时,针对NTN不同的RAN架构,卫星的作用也可以不同。例如,在图5所示的一种透明卫星(transparent satellite)架构中,卫星的作用是进行无线频率过滤、进行频率转换和放大;即在透明卫星架构中,卫星主要是作为层1(简称L1)中继设备,用于将物理层信号重新生成(即无线频点过滤,频率转换和放大的处理),而不具有其他更高协议层。在图6所示的一种不具有星间链路的再生卫星(regenerative satellite without inter-satellite link)架构中,卫星作为基站,具有基站的处理功能。在图7所示的一种具有星间链路的再生卫星(regenerative satellite with inter-satellite link)架构中,卫星作为基站,具有基站的处理功能。在图8所示的一种具有基站的DU处理功能的再生卫星架构中,卫星作为DU,具有DU处理功能。在一种具有集成接入与回传(integrated access and backhual,IAB)功能的卫星架构中,卫星作为IAB。Among them, when the non-terrestrial network device is a satellite, the role of the satellite may be different for different RAN architectures of NTN. For example, in a transparent satellite architecture shown in FIG5, the role of the satellite is to perform wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification; that is, in the transparent satellite architecture, the satellite is mainly used as a layer 1 (abbreviated as L1) relay device for regenerating physical layer signals (i.e., wireless frequency filtering, frequency conversion and amplification processing), without other higher protocol layers. In a regenerative satellite without inter-satellite link architecture shown in FIG6, the satellite acts as a base station and has the processing function of a base station. In a regenerative satellite with inter-satellite link architecture shown in FIG7, the satellite acts as a base station and has the processing function of a base station. In a regenerative satellite architecture with DU processing function of a base station shown in FIG8, the satellite acts as a DU and has the DU processing function. In a satellite architecture with integrated access and backhaul (IAB) functionality, the satellite acts as the IAB.

其中,图3中的核心网设备可以用于将网络设备发送的终端设备的数据发送给数据网络。具体的,核心网设备可以用于实现用户接入控制、移动性管理、会话管理、用户安全认证、计费等业务。核心网设备可以由一个或多个功能单元组成,示例性的,核心网设备可以分为控制面和数据面的功能实体。控制面的功能实体可以包括接入和移动管理单元(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理单元(session management function,SMF)等,数据面的功能实体可以包括用户面单元(user plane function,UPF)等。Among them, the core network device in Figure 3 can be used to send the data of the terminal device sent by the network device to the data network. Specifically, the core network device can be used to implement services such as user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, and billing. The core network device can be composed of one or more functional units. Exemplarily, the core network device can be divided into functional entities of the control plane and the data plane. The functional entities of the control plane may include access and mobility management unit (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management unit (session management function, SMF), etc., and the functional entities of the data plane may include user plane unit (user plane function, UPF), etc.

核心网设备还可以包括策略控制单元(policy control function,PCF)、应用功能单元(application function,AF)等,不予限制。The core network equipment may also include a policy control function (PCF), an application function unit (AF), etc. without restriction.

具体实现时,图3至图8所示,如:各个终端设备、网络设备均可以采用图9所示的组成结构,或者包括图9所示的部件。图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置900的组成示意图,该通信装置900可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统;也可以为网络设备或者网络设备中的芯片或者片上系统。如图9所示,该通信装置900包括处理器901,收发器902以及通信线路903。In the specific implementation, as shown in Figures 3 to 8, for example, each terminal device and network device can adopt the composition structure shown in Figure 9, or include the components shown in Figure 9. Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 900 can be a terminal device or a chip or system on chip in a terminal device; it can also be a network device or a chip or system on chip in a network device. As shown in Figure 9, the communication device 900 includes a processor 901, a transceiver 902, and a communication line 903.

进一步的,该通信装置900还可以包括存储器904。其中,处理器901,存储器904以及收发器902之间可以通过通信线路903连接。Furthermore, the communication device 900 may also include a memory 904. The processor 901, the memory 904 and the transceiver 902 may be connected via a communication line 903.

其中,处理器901是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、通用处理器网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器901还可以是其它具有处理功能的装置,例如电路、器件或软件模块,不予限制。The processor 901 is a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), a microprocessor, a microcontroller, a programmable logic device (PLD), or any combination thereof. The processor 901 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules, without limitation.

收发器902,用于与其他设备或其它通信网络进行通信。该其它通信网络可以为以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。收发器902可以是模块、电路、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。The transceiver 902 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks. The other communication networks may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. The transceiver 902 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver or any device capable of achieving communication.

通信线路903,用于在通信装置900所包括的各部件之间传送信息。The communication line 903 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 900.

存储器904,用于存储指令。其中,指令可以是计算机程序。The memory 904 is used to store instructions, where the instructions may be computer programs.

其中,存储器904可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或其他磁存储设备等,不予限制。Among them, the memory 904 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and/or instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, etc., without limitation.

需要指出的是,存储器904可以独立于处理器901存在,也可以和处理器901集成在一起。存储器904可以用于存储指令或者程序代码或者一些数据等。存储器904可以位于通信装置900内,也可以位于通信装置900外,不予限制。处理器901,用于执行存储器904中存储的指令,以实现本申请下述实 施例提供的通信方法。It should be noted that the memory 904 can exist independently of the processor 901 or can be integrated with the processor 901. The memory 904 can be used to store instructions or program codes or some data. The memory 904 can be located inside the communication device 900 or outside the communication device 900, without limitation. The processor 901 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 904 to implement the following implementation of the present application: The communication method provided by the embodiment.

在一种示例中,处理器901可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图9中的CPU0和CPU1。In one example, the processor 901 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 9 .

作为一种可选的实现方式,通信装置900包括多个处理器,例如,除图9中的处理器901之外,还可以包括处理器907。As an optional implementation manner, the communication device 900 includes multiple processors. For example, in addition to the processor 901 in FIG. 9 , it may also include a processor 907 .

作为一种可选的实现方式,通信装置900还包括输出设备905和输入设备906。示例性地,输入设备906是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备,输出设备905是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。As an optional implementation, the communication device 900 further includes an output device 905 and an input device 906. Exemplarily, the input device 906 is a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone or a joystick, and the output device 905 is a device such as a display screen and a speaker.

需要指出的是,通信装置900可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备、芯片系统或有图9中类似结构的设备。此外,图9中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图9所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the communication device 900 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure as shown in FIG9. In addition, the composition structure shown in FIG9 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG9, the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.

本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

此外,本申请的各实施例之间涉及的动作、术语等均可以相互参考,不予限制。本申请的实施例中各个设备之间交互的消息名称或消息中的参数名称等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以采用其他的名称,不予限制。In addition, the actions, terms, etc. involved in the various embodiments of the present application can refer to each other without limitation. The message name or parameter name in the message exchanged between the various devices in the embodiments of the present application is only an example, and other names can also be used in the specific implementation without limitation.

下面结合图3至图8所示通信系统,参照下述图10,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述,其中,终端设备可以为图3至图8任一通信系统中的任一终端设备,第一网络设备可以为图3至图8任一通信系统中终端设备接入的网络设备,第二网络设备可以为图3至图8任一通信系统中除第一网络设备以外的任一网络设备。可选的,第一网络设备或第二网络设备可以是非地面网络设备,或者是与非地面网络设备关联的网络设备(例如基站)。下述实施例所述的终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备均可以具备图9所示部件。此外,可以理解,本申请提供的技术方案也可以由用于终端设备和/或网络的模块(例如芯片)执行,以下以终端设备以及第一网络设备、第二网络设备作为执行主体介绍本申请提供的通信方法。In combination with the communication systems shown in Figures 3 to 8, the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is described with reference to Figure 10 below, wherein the terminal device may be any terminal device in any communication system of Figures 3 to 8, the first network device may be a network device accessed by the terminal device in any communication system of Figures 3 to 8, and the second network device may be any network device other than the first network device in any communication system of Figures 3 to 8. Optionally, the first network device or the second network device may be a non-terrestrial network device, or a network device (such as a base station) associated with a non-terrestrial network device. The terminal device, the first network device, and the second network device described in the following embodiments may all have the components shown in Figure 9. In addition, it can be understood that the technical solution provided in the present application may also be executed by a module (such as a chip) for a terminal device and/or a network. The communication method provided in the present application is introduced below with the terminal device and the first network device and the second network device as the execution subject.

图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图10所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the method may include:

步骤1001、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息。Step 1001: A first network device sends first indication information to a terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information from the first network device.

其中,第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Among them, the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.

示例性的,TN区域的区域信息可以包括下述一种或多种:TN区域的索引信息、TN区域的地理区域信息、TN区域关联的频点的信息等,不予限制。Exemplarily, the area information of the TN area may include one or more of the following: index information of the TN area, geographic area information of the TN area, information of frequency points associated with the TN area, etc., without limitation.

其中,如图11中的步骤1000所示,第一网络设备可以广播(例如周期性广播)包括第一TN区域信息的第一系统消息,该第一系统消息可以是小区重选所需的系统消息,如SIB4、或者新定义的系统消息等,不予限制。其中,第一网络设备广播第一系统消息与下发第一指示信息并无严格的先后关系。As shown in step 1000 in FIG. 11 , the first network device may broadcast (e.g., periodically broadcast) a first system message including the first TN area information, and the first system message may be a system message required for cell reselection, such as SIB4, or a newly defined system message, etc., without limitation. There is no strict order relationship between the first network device broadcasting the first system message and issuing the first indication information.

其中,第一TN区域信息可以指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点。The first TN region information may indicate one or more TN regions and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN regions.

示例性的,第一TN区域信息可以包括一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点的信息。Exemplarily, the first TN region information may include geographical region information of one or more TN regions, and frequency point information respectively associated with one or more TN regions.

其中,TN区域关联的频点即TN区域当前所在地理区域的网络资源中包括的频点。The frequency points associated with the TN area are the frequency points included in the network resources of the geographical area where the TN area is currently located.

例如,第一TN区域信息可以包括:TN区域1+频点{F1,F2}、TN区域2+频点{F2,F3}。For example, the first TN region information may include: TN region 1+frequency {F1, F2}, TN region 2+frequency {F2, F3}.

可选的,第一TN区域信息还可以携带一个或多个TN区域的索引信息,假设TN区域1的索引为1、TN区域2的索引为2,则第一TN区域信息可以包括:{1,TN区域1}、{2,TN区域2}。或者,第一TN区域信息也可以不携带一个或多个TN区域的索引信息,而是按照各个TN区域在第一TN区域信息里的排序,隐式确定各个TN区域的索引,假设第一TN区域信息包括:{TN区域1、TN区域2},则TN区域1的索引为1,TN区域2的索引为2。Optionally, the first TN region information may also carry index information of one or more TN regions. Assuming that the index of TN region 1 is 1 and the index of TN region 2 is 2, the first TN region information may include: {1, TN region 1}, {2, TN region 2}. Alternatively, the first TN region information may not carry the index information of one or more TN regions, but the index of each TN region is implicitly determined according to the order of each TN region in the first TN region information. Assuming that the first TN region information includes: {TN region 1, TN region 2}, the index of TN region 1 is 1 and the index of TN region 2 is 2.

可选的,第一TN区域信息也可以描述为:第一TN区域信息可以指示一个或多个频点、以及一个或多个频点分别关联的TN区域。Optionally, the first TN area information may also be described as: the first TN area information may indicate one or more frequency points, and TN areas to which the one or more frequency points are respectively associated.

例如,第一TN区域信息可以包括:频点F1+TN区域1、频点F2+{TN区域1、TN区域2}、频点F3+TN区域2。For example, the first TN region information may include: frequency F1+TN region 1, frequency F2+{TN region 1, TN region 2}, and frequency F3+TN region 2.

基于上述对第一TN区域信息的描述,第一网络设备通过向终端设备发送第一指示信息,终端设备 根据第一TN区域信息和自己的位置信息上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Based on the above description of the first TN area information, the first network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and the terminal device Report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the first TN area information and its own location information.

其中,TN区域的地理区域信息可以是TN区域的经纬度信息。The geographical area information of the TN area may be the longitude and latitude information of the TN area.

示例性的,以TN区域为圆形区域为例,经纬度信息可以采用包括“TN区域的中心点的经纬度+半径长度”的形式,以TN区域为规则或不规则的多边形区域为例,经纬度信息也可以采用包括“TN区域的各个顶点的经纬度”的形式,不予限制。For example, taking the TN area as a circular area, the longitude and latitude information can be in the form of "the longitude and latitude of the center point of the TN area + the radius length". Taking the TN area as a regular or irregular polygonal area, the longitude and latitude information can also be in the form of "the longitude and latitude of each vertex of the TN area", without limitation.

可选的,终端设备所在的TN区域也可以描述为终端设备位于的TN区域、终端设备临近的TN区域等,不予限制。Optionally, the TN area where the terminal device is located may also be described as the TN area where the terminal device is located, the TN area adjacent to the terminal device, etc., without limitation.

可选的,第一指示信息也可以描述为指示终端设备上报终端设备所在TN区域关联的频点的信息。Optionally, the first indication information may also be described as instructing the terminal device to report the frequency information associated with the TN area where the terminal device is located.

可选的,第一指示信息可以携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。Optionally, the first indication information may be carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message, dedicated signaling.

示例性的,携带第一指示信息的系统消息可以是SIB1。专用信令也可以描述为UE专用信令。Exemplarily, the system message carrying the first indication information may be SIB1. Dedicated signaling may also be described as UE dedicated signaling.

示例性的,专用信令可以是RRC重配置消息,即终端设备进入连接态时,第一指示信息也可以携带在RRC重配置消息中。专用信令也可以是RRC建立消息,RRC重建消息、UE信息请求消息(UEInformationRequest)等,不予限制。Exemplarily, the dedicated signaling may be an RRC reconfiguration message, that is, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the first indication information may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message. The dedicated signaling may also be an RRC establishment message, an RRC reconstruction message, a UE information request message (UEInformationRequest), etc., without limitation.

第一网络设备通过将第一指示信息携带在系统消息中,可以使得小区内所有终端设备接收到第一指示信息,提高第一指示信息的发送效率。第一网络设备也可以将第一指示信息携带在专用信令中,第一网络设备可以根据UE能力等判决后向终端设备发送第一指示信息,使得信息发送更准确。The first network device can carry the first indication information in the system message so that all terminal devices in the cell can receive the first indication information, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the first indication information. The first network device can also carry the first indication information in a dedicated signaling, and the first network device can send the first indication information to the terminal device after judging according to the UE capability, etc., so that the information transmission is more accurate.

第一网络设备通过将第一指示信息携带在SIB1和/或专用信令中,可以使得终端设备(如处于连接态的终端设备)可以接收到第一指示信息,进而根据第一指示信息快速向第一网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。By carrying the first indication information in SIB1 and/or dedicated signaling, the first network device can enable the terminal device (such as a terminal device in a connected state) to receive the first indication information, and then quickly report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the first network device based on the first indication information.

步骤1002、终端设备根据第一指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。Step 1002: The terminal device obtains the first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information.

相对应的,第一网络设备广播包括第一TN区域信息的第一系统消息。Correspondingly, the first network device broadcasts a first system message including the first TN area information.

可选的,终端设备可以在接收到第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息;如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,则可以获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。也可以理解为,如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,则触发获取第一系统消息的流程,以获得第一系统消息中包含的第一TN区域信息。Optionally, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device may determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the first TN area information in the first system message may be obtained. It can also be understood that if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the process of obtaining the first system message is triggered to obtain the first TN area information contained in the first system message.

其中,第一网络设备可以广播(例如周期性广播)包括第一TN区域信息的第一系统消息,该第一系统消息可以是小区重选所需的系统消息,如SIB4、或者新定义的系统消息等,不予限制。The first network device may broadcast (eg, periodically broadcast) a first system message including first TN area information, and the first system message may be a system message required for cell reselection, such as SIB4, or a newly defined system message, etc., without limitation.

由于终端设备可以在处于空闲态或者非激活态(或称为去活动态)时主动获取第一系统消息,但当终端设备处于连接态时,终端设备可能不会主动获取第一系统消息,或者当终端设备进入连接态前,未获取到第一系统消息,或者第一系统消息是按需广播的系统消息(On demand other system information,ODOSI),终端设备进入连接态时,终端设备未向第一网络设备请求第一系统消息,导致处于连接态的终端设备没有有效的第一TN区域信息。因此,当终端设备接收到第一指示信息时,终端设备可以确定是否已获取到了第一TN区域信息,例如终端设备进入到连接态前已获取到第一系统消息并获取到其中的第一TN区域信息;如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,则可以触发获取第一系统消息的流程以获取其中的第一TN区域信息,进而根据第一TN区域信息,快速向第一网络设备上报自身所在的TN区域的区域信息。Since the terminal device can actively obtain the first system message when it is in an idle state or an inactive state (or called a deactivated state), but when the terminal device is in a connected state, the terminal device may not actively obtain the first system message, or when the terminal device enters the connected state, the first system message is not obtained, or the first system message is an on-demand other system information (ODOSI) broadcast system message, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the terminal device does not request the first system message from the first network device, resulting in the terminal device in the connected state not having valid first TN area information. Therefore, when the terminal device receives the first indication information, the terminal device can determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained, for example, the terminal device has obtained the first system message and the first TN area information therein before entering the connected state; if it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the process of obtaining the first system message can be triggered to obtain the first TN area information therein, and then according to the first TN area information, the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located can be quickly reported to the first network device.

步骤1003、终端设备根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息。Step 1003: The terminal device sends the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information.

其中,第二TN区域信息可以用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域和/或用于指示终端设备临近的TN区域。The second TN area information may be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located and/or to indicate the TN area adjacent to the terminal device.

其中,终端设备可以根据自身的定位单元确定自身的位置信息,根据自身的位置信息和获取的第一TN区域信息,确定第二TN区域信息。The terminal device may determine its own location information according to its own positioning unit, and determine the second TN area information according to its own location information and the acquired first TN area information.

其中,终端设备向第一网络设备上报的第二TN区域信息可以指示终端设备所在的或者临近的一个TN区域,也可以指示终端设备所在的多个TN区域(例如,终端设备处于多个TN区域的交界,则终端设备就可以上报该多个TN区域),不予限制。Among them, the second TN area information reported by the terminal device to the first network device can indicate a TN area where the terminal device is located or adjacent to it, or it can indicate multiple TN areas where the terminal device is located (for example, if the terminal device is at the junction of multiple TN areas, the terminal device can report the multiple TN areas), without restriction.

示例性的,当终端设备处于一个或多个TN区域内时,第二TN区域信息可以包括下述一种或多种信息:终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、终端设备的位置信息。 Exemplarily, when the terminal device is in one or more TN areas, the second TN area information may include one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographic area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device.

其中,当第一TN区域信息中包括TN区域的索引信息时,终端设备可以根据第一TN区域信息确定终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息。当第一TN区域信息中不包括TN区域的索引信息时,终端设备可以根据TN区域在第一TN区域信息里的排序,隐式确定终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息。Among them, when the first TN area information includes the index information of the TN area, the terminal device can determine the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the first TN area information. When the first TN area information does not include the index information of the TN area, the terminal device can implicitly determine the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the order of the TN areas in the first TN area information.

示例性的,以第一TN区域信息携带TN区域的索引信息为例,假设第一TN区域信息包括:{1,TN区域1+频点{F1,F2}}、{2,TN区域2+频点{F2,F3}},如果终端设备位于TN区域1,则终端设备根据第一TN区域信息可以确定自身所在的TN区域的索引信息为1。Exemplarily, taking the first TN area information carrying the index information of the TN area as an example, assuming that the first TN area information includes: {1, TN area 1+frequency point {F1, F2}}, {2, TN area 2+frequency point {F2, F3}}, if the terminal device is located in TN area 1, the terminal device can determine that the index information of the TN area where it is located is 1 based on the first TN area information.

又一种示例中,以第一TN区域信息不携带TN区域的索引信息为例,假设第一TN区域信息包括:{TN区域1+频点{F1,F2}}、{TN区域2+频点{F2,F3}},如果终端设备位于TN区域1,则终端设备可以根据TN区域1在第一TN区域信息里的排序,确定自身所在的TN区域1的索引信息为1。In another example, taking the first TN area information not carrying the index information of the TN area as an example, assuming that the first TN area information includes: {TN area 1+frequency point {F1, F2}}, {TN area 2+frequency point {F2, F3}}, if the terminal device is located in TN area 1, the terminal device can determine that the index information of TN area 1 where it is located is 1 according to the sorting of TN area 1 in the first TN area information.

其中,终端设备根据第一TN区域信息确定所在的或者临近的TN区域,以及根据TN区域关联的频点的信息,确定终端设备所在的或者临近的一个或者多个TN区域关联的频点的信息,终端设备向第一网络设备上报频点的信息,该频点的信息包含在第二TN区域信息中。Among them, the terminal device determines the TN area where it is located or adjacent to the terminal device based on the first TN area information, and determines the frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located or adjacent to the terminal device based on the frequency information associated with the TN area. The terminal device reports the frequency information to the first network device, and the frequency information is included in the second TN area information.

其中,终端设备通过在第二TN区域信息中携带终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息,可以节省第一网络设备根据终端设备上报的TN区域查找其关联的频点的动作与时延,缩短处理时延,提升处理速度。Among them, by carrying the information of the frequency points associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located in the second TN area information, the terminal device can save the action and delay of the first network device to search for the associated frequency points according to the TN area reported by the terminal device, thereby shortening the processing delay and improving the processing speed.

示例性的,终端设备通过第二TN区域信息上报的位置信息可以是粗位置信息,粗位置信息可以是与精确位置信息有一定的误差。网络设备通过第二TN区域信息上报的位置信息也可以是精确的位置信息,不予限制。Exemplarily, the location information reported by the terminal device through the second TN area information may be coarse location information, which may have a certain error with the precise location information. The location information reported by the network device through the second TN area information may also be precise location information, without limitation.

其中,可以根据终端设备上报的位置信息与标准位置信息的误差大小区分粗位置信息和精确位置信息。Among them, the coarse location information and the precise location information can be distinguished according to the error between the location information reported by the terminal device and the standard location information.

示例性的,终端设备上报的粗位置信息可以是与标准位置信息的误差大于预设阈值的位置信息,精确位置信息可以是与标准位置信息的误差小于或等于预设阈值的位置信息。Exemplarily, the coarse location information reported by the terminal device may be location information whose error with the standard location information is greater than a preset threshold, and the precise location information may be location information whose error with the standard location information is less than or equal to a preset threshold.

又一种示例中,当终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域时,第二TN区域信息可以包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者,第二TN区域信息可以包括终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及终端设备的位置信息。In another example, when the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage, the second TN area information may include indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or, the second TN area information may include indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device.

其中,当终端设备根据自身的位置信息,无法从第一网络设备发送的第一TN区域信息中确定自身所在的TN区域时,可以认为终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域。或者描述为第一TN区域信息指示的各个TN区域的地理区域没有覆盖终端设备的位置时,认为终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域。When the terminal device cannot determine the TN area where it is located from the first TN area information sent by the first network device based on its own location information, it can be considered that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage. Or when the geographical area of each TN area indicated by the first TN area information does not cover the location of the terminal device, it is considered that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage.

本申请实施例中,无论终端设备是否处于TN覆盖区域内,终端设备都可以参照上述方法向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息,便于第一网络设备实时了解终端设备的TN覆盖情况,进而根据终端设备的TN覆盖情况快速优化频点测量过程。In an embodiment of the present application, regardless of whether the terminal device is in the TN coverage area, the terminal device can refer to the above method to report the second TN area information to the first network device, so that the first network device can understand the TN coverage of the terminal device in real time, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement process according to the TN coverage of the terminal device.

基于上述图10所示的方法,终端设备可以在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一指示信息时,确定自身是否已获取到第一TN区域信息,如果没有,则可以主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,进而根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,以使第一网络设备快速确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而快速根据终端设备所在的TN区域优化频点测量,从而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the method shown in Figure 10 above, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information when receiving the first indication information sent by the first network device. If not, it can actively obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, and then send the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, so that the first network device can quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then quickly optimize the frequency measurement according to the TN area where the terminal device is located, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

可选的,与上述图10中终端设备根据第一指示信息向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息所不同的,终端设备也可以在进入连接态后,主动向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,而不用由第一指示信息触发。当终端设备在空闲态时,可以不用向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息。Optionally, different from the above-mentioned FIG. 10 in which the terminal device reports the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first indication information, the terminal device may also actively send the second TN area information to the first network device after entering the connected state without being triggered by the first indication information. When the terminal device is in the idle state, it is not necessary to send the second TN area information to the first network device.

与上述图10所示的方法中终端设备获取第一TN区域信息所类似的,终端设备可以在进入连接态后,确定自身是否获取到第一TN区域信息,如果获取到,则可以根据第一TN区域信息确定第二TN区域信息并上报,如果确定未获取到,则可以主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,进而确定第二TN区域信息并上报。Similar to the method shown in FIG. 10 above in which the terminal device obtains the first TN area information, the terminal device can determine whether it has obtained the first TN area information after entering the connected state. If obtained, the second TN area information can be determined based on the first TN area information and reported. If it is determined that it has not been obtained, the first TN area information in the first system message can be actively obtained, and then the second TN area information can be determined and reported.

与上述图10中,终端设备在接收到第一指示信息之后,确定未获取到第一TN区域信息时,与采用步骤1002主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息所不同的,如图12中的步骤1201所示,终端设备可以在接收到第一指示信息之后,还接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令。 Unlike the above-mentioned Figure 10, when the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained after receiving the first indication information, instead of actively obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message in step 1002, as shown in step 1201 in Figure 12, the terminal device can also receive dedicated signaling from the first network device after receiving the first indication information.

或者,与上述终端设备在进入连接态后,确定未获取到第一TN区域信息时,主动获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息所不同的,如图12中的步骤1201所示,终端设备可以在进入连接态后,接收来自第一网络设备的专用信令。Alternatively, unlike the above-mentioned terminal device that actively obtains the first TN area information in the first system message when it determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained after entering the connected state, as shown in step 1201 in Figure 12, the terminal device can receive dedicated signaling from the first network device after entering the connected state.

步骤1201、第一网络设备向终端设备发送专用信令。Step 1201: The first network device sends a dedicated signaling to the terminal device.

其中,专用信令可以包括第一TN区域信息。The dedicated signaling may include the first TN area information.

可选的,专用信令可以是RRC重配置消息、RRC建立消息、RRC重建消息、UE信息请求消息(UEInformationRequest)等,不予限制。Optionally, the dedicated signaling may be an RRC reconfiguration message, an RRC establishment message, an RRC reconstruction message, a UE information request message (UEInformationRequest), etc., without limitation.

第一网络设备通过将第一TN区域信息携带在专用信令中,可以使得终端设备可以接收到第一TN区域信息,进而根据第一TN区域信息向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息。The first network device carries the first TN area information in the dedicated signaling, so that the terminal device can receive the first TN area information, and then report the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information.

例如,当其他系统消息的搜索空间(search Space Other System Information)不在终端设备激活的BWP内时,终端设备可能无法通过第一系统消息获得第一TN区域信息,通过将第一TN区域信息携带在专用信令中则可以使得终端设备接收到第一TN区域信息。For example, when the search space of other system messages (search Space Other System Information) is not within the BWP activated by the terminal device, the terminal device may not be able to obtain the first TN area information through the first system message. By carrying the first TN area information in dedicated signaling, the terminal device can receive the first TN area information.

第一种可能的设计中,如图12所示,可以参照下述步骤1202和步骤1203,向终端设备发送专用信令。In the first possible design, as shown in FIG12 , dedicated signaling may be sent to the terminal device by referring to the following steps 1202 and 1203 .

步骤1202、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息。Step 1202: The terminal device sends second indication information to the first network device.

步骤1203、第一网络设备根据接收到的第二指示信息向终端设备发送包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Step 1203: The first network device sends a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device according to the received second indication information.

其中,第二指示信息可以指示终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息,或者,第二指示信息可以用于请求获取第一TN区域信息。The second indication information may indicate that the terminal device has not acquired the first TN area information, or the second indication information may be used to request acquisition of the first TN area information.

示例性的,结合上述步骤1001,终端设备可以在收到第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,则可以向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,第一网络设备根据第二指示信息下发专用信令。Exemplarily, in combination with the above step 1001, the terminal device can determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained after receiving the first indication information. If it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, it can send second indication information to the first network device, and the first network device will issue a dedicated signaling based on the second indication information.

又一种示例中,终端设备也可以在进入连接态后,确定是否已获取到第一TN区域信息,如果确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,则可以向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,第一网络设备根据第二指示信息下发专用信令。In another example, the terminal device may also determine whether the first TN area information has been obtained after entering the connected state. If it is determined that the first TN area information has not been obtained, a second indication information may be sent to the first network device, and the first network device may issue a dedicated signaling based on the second indication information.

第二种可能的设计中,如图12所示,也可以参照下述步骤1204,向终端设备发送专用信令。In a second possible design, as shown in FIG12 , dedicated signaling may also be sent to the terminal device by referring to the following step 1204 .

步骤1204、第一网络设备可以在预设时长内未接收到来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息时,向终端设备发送包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Step 1204: When the first network device does not receive the second TN area information from the terminal device within a preset time period, the first network device may send a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device.

其中,预设时长可以是协议预定义的,也可以是第一网络设备自定义的,不予限制。The preset duration may be predefined by the protocol or customized by the first network device without limitation.

示例性的,当第一网络设备向终端设备下发第一指示信息时,预设时长的启动时间(或称为起始时刻)可以为第一网络设备下发第一指示信息的时刻。Exemplarily, when the first network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, the start time (or starting time) of the preset duration may be the time when the first network device sends the first indication information.

在该第二种可能的设计中,当终端设备接收到第一指示信息时,如果终端设备确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,终端设备可以不用向第一网络设备上报任何信息,当第一网络设备在预设时长内未接收到来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息时,第一网络设备可以认为终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息,进而通过专用信令向终端设备指示第一TN区域信息。In the second possible design, when the terminal device receives the first indication information, if the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the terminal device does not need to report any information to the first network device. When the first network device does not receive the second TN area information from the terminal device within a preset time period, the first network device may consider that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and then indicate the first TN area information to the terminal device through dedicated signaling.

或者,当第一网络设备没有向终端设备下发第一指示信息时,预设时长的启动时间可以为终端设备进入连接态的时刻。Alternatively, when the first network device does not send the first indication information to the terminal device, the start time of the preset duration may be the moment when the terminal device enters the connected state.

在该第二种可能的设计中,当终端设备进入连接态时,如果终端设备确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,终端设备可以不用向第一网络设备上报任何信息,当第一网络设备在预设时长内未接收到来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息时,第一网络设备可以认为终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息,进而通过专用信令向终端设备指示第一TN区域信息。In the second possible design, when the terminal device enters the connected state, if the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the terminal device does not need to report any information to the first network device. When the first network device does not receive the second TN area information from the terminal device within a preset time period, the first network device may consider that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information, and then indicate the first TN area information to the terminal device through dedicated signaling.

基于上述对终端设备确定未获取到第一TN区域信息时,获取第一TN区域信息的三种方式(即终端设备主动获取第一系统消息的第一TN区域信息、终端设备通过发送第二指示信息以获取包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令、第一网络设备在预设时长后向终端设备发送包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令)的描述,终端设备可以采用上述三种方式中的任一种方式获取第一TN区域信息,或者采用上述三种方式中的任意两种方式相结合的方式获取第一TN区域信息,或者也可以采用上述三种方式相结合的方式获取第一TN区域信息,不予限制。 Based on the above description of the three methods of obtaining the first TN area information when the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained (i.e., the terminal device actively obtains the first TN area information of the first system message, the terminal device obtains the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information by sending the second indication information, and the first network device sends the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device after a preset time), the terminal device can obtain the first TN area information by any one of the above three methods, or obtain the first TN area information by combining any two of the above three methods, or obtain the first TN area information by combining the above three methods, without restriction.

例如,当终端设备进入连接态确定未获取到第一TN区域信息时,终端设备可以主动尝试获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息或者终端设备可以触发获取第一系统消息的流程用来获取第一TN区域信息,在触发获取第一消息的流程后依然未获取到第一TN区域信息时,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,以获取第一网络设备发送的包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。或者,终端设备可以主动尝试获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,同时在预设时长后接收第一网络设备发送的包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。For example, when the terminal device enters the connected state and determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained, the terminal device can actively try to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, or the terminal device can trigger the process of obtaining the first system message to obtain the first TN area information. After triggering the process of obtaining the first message, if the first TN area information is still not obtained, the terminal device sends a second indication message to the first network device to obtain the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information sent by the first network device. Alternatively, the terminal device can actively try to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message, and receive the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information sent by the first network device after a preset time.

可选的,终端设备基于上述方法获取第一TN区域信息后,可以参照上述步骤1003,根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息。Optionally, after the terminal device obtains the first TN area information based on the above method, it can refer to the above step 1003 and report the second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information.

在另一个实现方式中,与上述终端设备确定未获取到第一TN区域信息时,需要获取第一TN区域信息所不同的,如图12中的步骤1205所示,如果终端设备在接收到第一指示信息时确定终端设备已获取到第一TN区域信息,或者,如果终端设备在进入连接态后确定终端设备已获取到第一TN区域信息,则终端设备可以直接根据已获取到的第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息。In another implementation, different from the above-mentioned case where the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained and needs to obtain the first TN area information, as shown in step 1205 in Figure 12, if the terminal device determines that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information when receiving the first indication information, or if the terminal device determines that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information after entering the connected state, the terminal device can directly report the second TN area information to the first network device based on the obtained first TN area information.

示例性的,终端设备可以在空闲态时主动获取第一网络设备广播的第一系统消息,并保存第一TN区域信息,当终端设备进入连接态时,或者进入连接态并且接收到第一网络设备发送的第一指示信息时,终端设备可以确定自身已获取到第一TN区域信息。Exemplarily, the terminal device can actively obtain the first system message broadcast by the first network device in the idle state and save the first TN area information. When the terminal device enters the connected state, or enters the connected state and receives the first indication information sent by the first network device, the terminal device can determine that it has obtained the first TN area information.

与上述图10至图12中第一网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所处的TN区域的区域信息的第一指示信息所不同的,参照下述图13,第一网络设备也可以向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备上报是否获取到第一TN区域信息的第五指示信息。可以理解,本申请提供的各个实施例之间可以相互参考,前述图10至图12所示实施例中已描述的内容将不做赘述。Different from the first indication information sent by the first network device to the terminal device in the above-mentioned Figures 10 to 12 for instructing the terminal device to report the regional information of the TN region where the terminal device is located, referring to the following Figure 13, the first network device may also send fifth indication information to the terminal device for instructing the terminal device to report whether the first TN region information is obtained. It can be understood that the various embodiments provided in this application can refer to each other, and the contents described in the embodiments shown in the above-mentioned Figures 10 to 12 will not be repeated.

图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图13所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 13 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the method may include:

步骤1301、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第五指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第五指示信息。Step 1301: The first network device sends fifth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fifth indication information from the first network device.

其中,第五指示信息可以用于指示终端设备上报是否获取到第一TN区域信息,对第一TN区域信息的描述可以参照上述图10至图12中对第一TN区域信息的描述。Among them, the fifth indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device reports whether the first TN area information is obtained. The description of the first TN area information can refer to the description of the first TN area information in Figures 10 to 12 above.

示例性的,第五指示信息可以携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。Exemplarily, the fifth indication information may be carried in one or more of the following signaling: system message and dedicated signaling.

其中,携带第五指示信息的系统消息可以是SIB1。专用信令可以是RRC重配置消息、RRC建立消息、RRC重建消息、UE信息请求消息(UEInformationRequest)等,不予限制。The system message carrying the fifth indication information may be SIB 1. The dedicated signaling may be an RRC reconfiguration message, an RRC establishment message, an RRC reconstruction message, a UE information request message (UEInformationRequest), etc., without limitation.

步骤1302、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第六指示信息,相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第六指示信息。Step 1302: The terminal device sends sixth indication information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the sixth indication information from the terminal device.

其中,第六指示信息可以用于指示终端设备是否获取到第一TN区域信息。Among them, the sixth indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information.

其中,如果终端设备获取到了第一TN区域信息(如终端设备进入连接态之前获取到的第一系统消息里包含第一TN区域信息),则终端设备可以向第一网络设备发送用于指示终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息的第六指示信息。如果终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息,则终端设备可以向第一网络设备发送用于指示终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息的第六指示信息。Among them, if the terminal device obtains the first TN area information (such as the first system message obtained before the terminal device enters the connected state contains the first TN area information), the terminal device can send the sixth indication information to the first network device to indicate that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information. If the terminal device does not obtain the first TN area information, the terminal device can send the sixth indication information to the first network device to indicate that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information.

在一个实现方式中,如图13中的步骤1303所示,如果终端设备在收到第五指示信息之后,确定未获取到第一TN区域信息,终端设备可以获取第一TN区域信息或者触发获取第一系统消息的流程。In one implementation, as shown in step 1303 in FIG. 13 , if the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has not been obtained after receiving the fifth indication information, the terminal device may obtain the first TN area information or trigger a process for obtaining a first system message.

示例性的,终端设备可以采用下述四种方式中的一种或多种获取第一TN区域信息:Exemplarily, the terminal device may acquire the first TN area information in one or more of the following four ways:

方式一、终端设备根据第五指示信息,触发获取第一系统消息的流程,以获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。Method 1: The terminal device triggers the process of obtaining the first system message according to the fifth indication information to obtain the first TN area information in the first system message.

其中,对终端设备获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息的描述可以参照上述图10的步骤1002的相关描述。Among them, the description of the terminal device obtaining the first TN area information in the first system message can refer to the relevant description of step 1002 in the above Figure 10.

方式二、终端设备根据第五指示信息,向第一网络设备发送第二指示信息,第一网络设备根据第二指示信息向终端设备发送包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Method 2: The terminal device sends the second indication information to the first network device according to the fifth indication information, and the first network device sends the dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device according to the second indication information.

其中,第二指示信息可以用于请求获取第一TN区域信息。The second indication information may be used to request obtaining the first TN area information.

方式三、如果第一网络设备在预设时长内未接收到终端设备发送的第六指示信息,第一网络设备向终端设备发送包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。其中,对方式二和方式三的描述可以参照上述图12的相关描述。 Mode 3: If the first network device does not receive the sixth indication information sent by the terminal device within the preset time, the first network device sends a dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device. The description of Mode 2 and Mode 3 can refer to the relevant description of FIG.

方式四、终端设备根据第五指示信息,向第一网络设备发送用于指示终端设备未获取到第一TN区域信息的第六指示信息,第一网络设备根据该第六指示信息,向终端设备发送包括第一TN区域信息的专用信令。Method 4: The terminal device sends sixth indication information to the first network device based on the fifth indication information, indicating that the terminal device has not obtained the first TN area information. The first network device sends dedicated signaling including the first TN area information to the terminal device based on the sixth indication information.

在一个实现方式中,如图13中的步骤1304所示,终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息时,还可以根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息。In one implementation, as shown in step 1304 in FIG. 13 , when the terminal device obtains the first TN area information, it may also report the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information.

其中,对第二TN区域信息的描述可以参照上述图10中对第二TN区域信息的描述,不予赘述。The description of the second TN region information may refer to the description of the second TN region information in FIG. 10 , which will not be described in detail.

如果终端设备向第一网络设备发送用于指示终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息的第六指示信息,但后续并没有向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息,则可以认为终端设备不在第一网络设备指示的TN覆盖区域内。If the terminal device sends sixth indication information to the first network device to instruct the terminal device to obtain the first TN area information, but does not subsequently report the second TN area information to the first network device, it can be considered that the terminal device is not within the TN coverage area indicated by the first network device.

可选的,终端设备也可以在接收到第一网络设备发送的第五指示信息后,如果确定已获取到第一TN区域信息,则可以根据第一TN区域信息,向第一网络设备上报第二TN区域信息,而不用额外上报用于指示终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息的第六指示信息,节省信令开销。第一网络设备根据接收到的第二TN区域信息则可以确定终端设备获取到第一TN区域信息。Optionally, after receiving the fifth indication information sent by the first network device, if the terminal device determines that the first TN area information has been obtained, the terminal device can report the second TN area information to the first network device based on the first TN area information, without additionally reporting the sixth indication information used to indicate that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information, thereby saving signaling overhead. The first network device can determine that the terminal device has obtained the first TN area information based on the received second TN area information.

基于上述图10至图13所示的方法,在一个实现的方式中,第一网络设备根据终端设备上报的第二TN区域信息,可以确定终端设备周边的频点的信息,并根据该频点的信息给终端设备下发测量控制信息。在另一个实现方式中,第一网络设备已经给终端设备下发了测量控制信息,第一网络设备还可以根据终端设备上报的第二TN区域信息,更新终端设备周边的频点的信息,并向终端设备发送更新后的频点的信息,终端设备根据更新后的频点的信息进行频点测量。Based on the methods shown in Figures 10 to 13 above, in one implementation, the first network device can determine the frequency information around the terminal device according to the second TN area information reported by the terminal device, and send measurement control information to the terminal device according to the frequency information. In another implementation, the first network device has sent the measurement control information to the terminal device, and the first network device can also update the frequency information around the terminal device according to the second TN area information reported by the terminal device, and send the updated frequency information to the terminal device, and the terminal device performs frequency measurement according to the updated frequency information.

可选的,如果终端设备所在的TN区域发生变化,终端设备还可以向第一网络设备发送更新后的第二TN区域信息,以使第一网络设备根据更新后的第二TN区域信息,更新终端设备的频点的信息并发送给终端设备。Optionally, if the TN area where the terminal device is located changes, the terminal device can also send updated second TN area information to the first network device, so that the first network device updates the frequency information of the terminal device according to the updated second TN area information and sends it to the terminal device.

基于上述对TN区域的描述,如图14所示,第二网络设备可以在RRC重建流程中获取终端设备的第三TN区域信息,根据第三TN区域信息为终端设备进行连接态频点测量的优化。Based on the above description of the TN area, as shown in FIG14 , the second network device can obtain the third TN area information of the terminal device in the RRC reconstruction process, and optimize the connection state frequency point measurement for the terminal device according to the third TN area information.

图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图14所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 14 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the method may include:

步骤1401、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息。Step 1401: The terminal device sends second TN area information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the second TN area information from the terminal device.

其中,第二TN区域信息可以用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域。The second TN area information may be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.

其中,对第二TN区域信息的描述可以参照上述图10至图13中对第二TN区域信息的描述,不予限制。The description of the second TN region information may refer to the description of the second TN region information in the above-mentioned FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 , without limitation.

可选的,终端设备可以参照上述图10至图13所示的任一方法向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息。Optionally, the terminal device may send the second TN area information to the first network device by referring to any of the methods shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 .

例如,终端设备可以在采用上述图10至图13所示的任一方法获取到第一TN区域信息后,根据获取的第一TN区域信息执行步骤1401。For example, after the terminal device acquires the first TN area information by using any of the methods shown in FIGS. 10 to 13 , it may execute step 1401 according to the acquired first TN area information.

步骤1402、终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一请求,相应的,第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一请求。Step 1402: The terminal device sends a first request to the second network device, and correspondingly, the second network device receives the first request from the terminal device.

其中,第一请求可以用于请求重新建立RRC连接。The first request may be used to request re-establishment of the RRC connection.

具体的,终端设备可以在触发RRC重建流程后,进行小区选择,确定第二网络设备,并向第二网络设备发送第一请求。即第一请求可以为RRC重建消息。Specifically, after triggering the RRC reconstruction process, the terminal device may perform cell selection, determine the second network device, and send a first request to the second network device. That is, the first request may be an RRC reconstruction message.

步骤1403、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二请求。Step 1403: The second network device sends a second request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the second request from the second network device.

其中,第二请求可以用于请求终端设备的UE上下文。第二请求消息可以是获取UE上下文请求消息RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST。The second request may be used to request a UE context of the terminal device. The second request message may be a get UE context request message RETRIEVE UE CONTEXT REQUEST.

步骤1404、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息,相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息。Step 1404: The first network device sends the UE context and the third TN area information of the terminal device to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the UE context and the third TN area information from the first network device.

或者,步骤1404也可以描述为第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第二响应,该第二响应包括UE上下文和第三TN区域信息。或者,步骤1404也可以描述为第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送UE上下文,该UE上下文包括第三TN区域信息。 Alternatively, step 1404 may also be described as the first network device sending a second response to the second network device, the second response including the UE context and the third TN area information. Alternatively, step 1404 may also be described as the first network device sending a UE context to the second network device, the UE context including the third TN area information.

其中,第一网络设备通过向第二网络设备发送第三TN区域信息,可以使得第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息确定终端设备所处的TN区域的区域信息。Among them, the first network device sends the third TN area information to the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information.

其中,第三区域信息可以包括下述一种或多种:终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、终端设备的位置信息等,不予限制。Among them, the third area information may include one or more of the following: geographical area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, location information of the terminal device, etc., without limitation.

可选的,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三TN区域信息时,第一网络设备可以采用透传的方式,将终端设备上报的第二TN区域信息作为第三TN区域信息发送给第二网络设备。Optionally, when the first network device sends the third TN area information to the second network device, the first network device may use a transparent transmission method to send the second TN area information reported by the terminal device as the third TN area information to the second network device.

如果第二TN区域信息包括终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息,由于第一网络设备和第二网络设备对同一TN区域定义的索引信息可能不同,如果直接透传终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息,可能会导致第二网络设备根据索引信息确定终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域时出错,或者无法根据索引信息确定终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域。If the second TN area information includes index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, since the index information defined by the first network device and the second network device for the same TN area may be different, if the index information of the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located is directly transmitted, it may cause the second network device to make an error in determining the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the index information, or it may be impossible to determine the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the index information.

基于此,如果第二TN区域信息包括终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息,第一网络设备可以根据索引信息确定终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域,通过第三TN区域信息将该终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域指示给第二网络设备。Based on this, if the second TN area information includes index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, the first network device can determine the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located based on the index information, and indicate the one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located to the second network device through the third TN area information.

可选的,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三TN区域信息时,第一网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的第二TN区域信息,生成第三TN区域信息发送给第二网络设备。Optionally, when the first network device sends the third TN area information to the second network device, the first network device may generate the third TN area information according to the second TN area information reported by the terminal device, and send the third TN area information to the second network device.

示例性的,第二TN区域里包含的UE上报的TN区域的位置信息,第一网络设备根据UE上报的TN区域的位置信息确定位置关联的频点信息,并将该频点作为第三TN区域信息发送给第二网络设备。Exemplarily, the second TN area contains location information of the TN area reported by the UE, and the first network device determines the frequency information associated with the location according to the location information of the TN area reported by the UE, and sends the frequency as third TN area information to the second network device.

步骤1405、第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息,向终端设备发送第三指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的第三指示信息。Step 1405: The second network device sends third indication information to the terminal device according to the third TN area information. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third indication information from the second network device.

其中,第三指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。或者第三指示信息用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备立即上报所在的TN区域的区域信息。The third indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. Or the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device immediately after re-establishing the RRC connection.

在一个实现方式中,如果第二网络设备根据第二TN区域信息确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第三指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;或者,如果第二网络设备根据第二TN区域信息不能确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第三指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one implementation, if the second network device determines the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established; or, if the second network device cannot determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, the third indication information can be used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established.

在一个实现方式中,第二网络设备可以在确定终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息时,向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息的第三指示信息。在确定终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息时,不向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息的第三指示信息。如果终端设备接收到了第三指示信息,则终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。如果终端设备未接收到第三指示信息,则终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one implementation, when it is determined that the terminal device does not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, the second network device may send to the terminal device third indication information for instructing the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. When it is determined that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, the third indication information for instructing the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection is not sent to the terminal device. If the terminal device receives the third indication information, the terminal device does not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. If the terminal device does not receive the third indication information, the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

在一个实现方式中,第二网络设备可以在确定终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息时,不向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息的第三指示信息。在确定终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息时,向终端设备发送用于指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息的第三指示信息。如果终端设备接收到了第三指示信息,则终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。如果终端设备未接收到第三指示信息,则终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。In one implementation, when it is determined that the terminal device does not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, the second network device may not send the third indication information to the terminal device for instructing the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. When it is determined that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, the third indication information is sent to the terminal device for instructing the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. If the terminal device receives the third indication information, the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. If the terminal device does not receive the third indication information, the terminal device does not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection.

示例性的,第三指示信息可以携带在下述一种或多种信息中:RRC重建消息、DCI、MAC CE、RRC重配置消息。Exemplarily, the third indication information may be carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, DCI, MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message.

通过将第三指示信息携带在RRC重建消息或RRC重配置消息中,可以节省后续信令交互流程。也可以将第三指示信息携带在DCI或MAC CE中,不予限制。 By carrying the third indication information in the RRC reconstruction message or the RRC reconfiguration message, the subsequent signaling interaction process can be saved. The third indication information can also be carried in the DCI or the MAC CE without limitation.

可选的,与第一网络设备通过第一系统消息广播第一TN区域信息,以及向终端设备发送第一指示信息类似的,第二网络设备也可以通过第二系统消息广播第四TN区域信息,以及通过第二系统消息或者专用信令向终端设备发送第八指示信息,以指示终端设备向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,即第二网络设备也可以参照上述图10至图13中第一网络设备获取终端设备上报的TN区域信息的方式,获取终端设备上报的TN区域信息,不予限制。Optionally, similar to the first network device broadcasting the first TN area information through the first system message and sending the first indication information to the terminal device, the second network device may also broadcast the fourth TN area information through the second system message, and send the eighth indication information to the terminal device through the second system message or dedicated signaling to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device, that is, the second network device may also obtain the TN area information reported by the terminal device by referring to the method in which the first network device obtains the TN area information reported by the terminal device in Figures 10 to 13 above, without restriction.

其中,对第二网络设备广播包括第四TN区域信息的第二系统消息的描述,可以参照上述第一网络设备广播包括第一TN区域信息的第一系统消息的相关描述,对第二网络设备向终端设备发送第八指示信息的描述也可以参照上述对第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息的描述,不予赘述。Among them, the description of the second system message broadcast by the second network device including the fourth TN area information can refer to the relevant description of the first system message broadcast by the first network device including the first TN area information, and the description of the second network device sending the eighth indication information to the terminal device can also refer to the above description of the first network device sending the first indication information to the terminal device, and no further details are given.

可以理解的是,第三指示信息区别于第二网络设备下发的第八指示信息。第八指示信息用于指示终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域,或者终端设备使能上报TN区域的功能,终端设备检测到所在的TN区域与上报的TN区域有变化时,则终端设备上报新的TN区域。而第三指示信息与第八指示信息可以同时存在,第三指示信息仅指示在RRC重建流程中,或者RRC重建完成后终端设备是否立即上报所在的TN区域,仅是单次触发行为,后续终端设备所在的TN区域更新后,终端设备依然会根据第八指示信息的原则上报更新后的TN区域。It can be understood that the third indication information is different from the eighth indication information issued by the second network device. The eighth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the TN area where the terminal device is located, or the terminal device enables the function of reporting the TN area. When the terminal device detects that the TN area where it is located has changed from the reported TN area, the terminal device reports the new TN area. The third indication information and the eighth indication information can exist at the same time. The third indication information only indicates whether the terminal device immediately reports the TN area where it is located during the RRC reconstruction process or after the RRC reconstruction is completed. It is only a single trigger behavior. After the TN area where the terminal device is located is updated subsequently, the terminal device will still report the updated TN area according to the principle of the eighth indication information.

示例性的,终端设备在RRC重建过程中收到第二网络设备的第八指示信息,终端设备决定向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,由于终端设备收到第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示终端设备发送在重新建立RRC连接后不向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,则终端设备根据第三指示信息的指示不向第二网络设备发送终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Exemplarily, the terminal device receives the eighth indication information from the second network device during the RRC reconstruction process, and the terminal device decides to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device. Since the terminal device receives the third indication information, and the third indication information instructs the terminal device not to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after the RRC connection is re-established, the terminal device does not send the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device according to the instruction of the third indication information.

在一个实现方式中,第二网络设备还可以根据第一网络设备发送的第三TN区域信息,更新终端设备的频点的信息,并向终端设备发送更新后的频点的测量控制信息,终端设备根据更新后的频点的信息进行频点测量。In one implementation, the second network device can also update the frequency information of the terminal device based on the third TN area information sent by the first network device, and send the updated frequency measurement control information to the terminal device, and the terminal device performs frequency measurement based on the updated frequency information.

在一个实现方式中,如果终端设备所在的TN区域发生变化,终端设备还可以向第二网络设备发送更新后的第二TN区域信息,以使第二网络设备根据更新后的第二TN区域信息,更新终端设备的频点的信息并发送给终端设备。In one implementation, if the TN area where the terminal device is located changes, the terminal device can also send updated second TN area information to the second network device, so that the second network device updates the frequency information of the terminal device according to the updated second TN area information and sends it to the terminal device.

基于上述图14所示的方法,第二网络设备可以在RRC重建流程中获取终端设备的第三TN区域信息,进而根据该第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,并通过第三指示信息指示给终端设备。如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以指示终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,节约了终端设备的信令开销,同时,第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备根据重新建立的RRC连接上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在RRC重建流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态频点测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the method shown in FIG. 14 above, the second network device can obtain the third TN area information of the terminal device in the RRC reconstruction process, and then determine whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection based on the third TN area information, and indicate it to the terminal device through the third indication information. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection, saving the signaling overhead of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area based on the re-established RRC connection before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state frequency point measurement for the terminal device in advance based on the third TN area information obtained in the RRC reconstruction process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

如图15所示,第二网络设备也可以在小区切换流程中获取第三TN区域信息,以提前进行连接态测量的优化。As shown in FIG. 15 , the second network device may also obtain the third TN area information in the cell switching process to optimize the connection state measurement in advance.

图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图15所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 15 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the method may include:

步骤1501、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息,相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二TN区域信息。Step 1501: The terminal device sends second TN area information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the second TN area information from the terminal device.

其中,第二TN区域信息可以用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域。The second TN area information may be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located.

其中,对第二TN区域信息的描述可以参照上述图10至图13中对第二TN区域信息的描述,不予限制。The description of the second TN region information may refer to the description of the second TN region information in the above-mentioned FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 , without limitation.

可选的,终端设备可以参照上述图10至图13所示的任一方法向第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息。Optionally, the terminal device may send the second TN area information to the first network device by referring to any of the methods shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 .

例如,终端设备可以在采用上述图10至图13所示的任一方法获取到第一TN区域信息后,根据获取的第一TN区域信息执行步骤1501。For example, after the terminal device obtains the first TN area information by using any of the methods shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13 , it may execute step 1501 according to the obtained first TN area information.

步骤1502、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三请求,相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三请求。 Step 1502: The first network device sends a third request to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the third request from the first network device.

其中,第三请求可以用于请求将终端设备切换至第二网络设备,第三请求可以包括第三TN区域信息,第三TN区域信息可以用于指示终端设备所在的TN区域,第三TN区域信息是根据第二TN区域信息确定的。Among them, the third request can be used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, the third request can include third TN area information, the third TN area information can be used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TN area information is determined based on the second TN area information.

其中,对第三TN区域信息的描述可以参照上述图14中对第三TN区域信息的相关描述,不予赘述。Among them, the description of the third TN region information can refer to the relevant description of the third TN region information in the above-mentioned Figure 14, and will not be repeated here.

示例性的,小区切换可以是L3移动性切换,也可以是条件切换(conditional handover,CHO)、L1/L2切换增强、或者后续增强的切换类型等,不予限制。Exemplarily, the cell switching may be L3 mobility switching, conditional handover (CHO), L1/L2 switching enhancement, or subsequent enhanced switching types, etc., without limitation.

其中,第三请求可以是切换请求消息。The third request may be a switching request message.

其中,第二网络设备可以根据第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息或者确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否立即向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Among them, the second network device can determine whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, or determine whether the terminal device immediately reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching based on the third TN area information.

如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以确定终端设备在完成小区切换后不需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。后续当终端设备移动到新的TN区域时,终端设备向第二网络设备上报新的TN区域。或者,如果第二网络设备根据第二TN区域信息不能确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以确定终端设备在完成小区切换后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。If the second network device determines the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. When the terminal device moves to a new TN area later, the terminal device reports the new TN area to the second network device. Alternatively, if the second network device cannot determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

基于上述图15所示的方法,第一网络设备通过在小区切换流程的第三请求中携带第三TN区域信息,可以触发第二网络设备根据该第三TN区域信息,确定终端设备在完成小区切换后是否需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息可以确定终端设备所在的TN区域,则可以确定终端设备在完成小区切换后不用向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,从而第二网络设备可以不用等终端设备在完成小区切换后上报自身所在的TN区域之后,再进行连接态测量的优化,第二网络设备可以根据在小区切换流程中获取到的第三TN区域信息提前为终端设备进行连接态测量的优化,进而提高终端设备进行频点测量的效率,降低终端设备进行频点测量的功耗,达到给终端设备省电的目的。Based on the method shown in Figure 15 above, the first network device can trigger the second network device to determine whether the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching by carrying the third TN area information in the third request of the cell switching process. If the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located according to the third TN area information, it can be determined that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. Therefore, the second network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report its own TN area after completing the cell switching before optimizing the connection state measurement. The second network device can optimize the connection state measurement for the terminal device in advance according to the third TN area information obtained in the cell switching process, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, reducing the power consumption of the terminal device in performing frequency point measurement, and achieving the purpose of saving power for the terminal device.

可选的,图15还可以包括下述步骤1503至步骤1505:Optionally, FIG. 15 may further include the following steps 1503 to 1505:

步骤1503、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第四指示信息,相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第四指示信息。Step 1503: The second network device sends fourth indication information to the first network device, and correspondingly, the first network device receives the fourth indication information from the second network device.

其中,第四指示信息可以包含在切换请求确认消息里。The fourth indication information may be included in the switching request confirmation message.

步骤1504、第一网络设备向终端设备发送切换命令消息,相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的切换命令消息。Step 1504: The first network device sends a switching command message to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the switching command message from the first network device.

其中,切换命令消息可以用于指示终端设备切换到第二网络设备。The switching command message may be used to instruct the terminal device to switch to the second network device.

步骤1505、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第四指示信息。Step 1505: The first network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information from the first network device.

其中,第四指示信息可以用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。也可以理解为,终端设备根据第四指示信息确定在小区切换过程中或者小区切换完成后立即向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,或者不上报所在的TN区域的区域信息。Among them, the fourth indication information can be used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. It can also be understood that the terminal device determines according to the fourth indication information whether to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device immediately during the cell switching process or after the cell switching is completed, or not to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located.

可选的,第一网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息时,可以将第四指示信息与切换命令消息分开发送,也可以将第四指示信息携带在切换命令消息中,以节省信令交互。Optionally, when the first network device sends the fourth indication information to the terminal device, the fourth indication information may be sent separately from the switching command message, or the fourth indication information may be carried in the switching command message to save signaling interaction.

其中,切换命令消息可以是RRC重配置消息。The switching command message may be an RRC reconfiguration message.

具体地,如果第二网络设备根据第三TN区域信息确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后不需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。后续当终端设备移动到新的TN区域时,终端设备向网络设备上报新的TN区域。或者,如果第二网络设备根据第二TN区域信息不能确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,第四指示信息用于指示终端设备在完成小区切换后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Specifically, if the second network device determines the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the third TN area information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. When the terminal device subsequently moves to a new TN area, the terminal device reports the new TN area to the network device. Alternatively, if the second network device cannot determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching.

示例性的,以终端设备上报的第二TN区域信息包括终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息为例,如果第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送的是终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息, 当第一网络设备和第二网络设备的TN区域与索引信息的对应关系不同时,第二网络设备不能通过第一网络设备发送的索引信息正确地确认相应的TN区域,则需要终端设备在完成小区切换后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。对于终端设备而言,如果终端设备所在的TN区域没有发生变化,终端设备在完成小区切换后可能不会向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,但是由于第二网络设备可能无法根据第二TN区域信息确定出终端设备所在的TN区域,终端设备可以根据第二网络设备发送的第四指示信息,在完成小区切换后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,以使第二网络设备确定终端设备所在的TN区域,进而进行连接态频点测量优化。Exemplarily, taking the second TN area information reported by the terminal device including the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located as an example, if the first network device sends the index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located to the second network device, When the correspondence between the TN area and the index information of the first network device and the second network device is different, the second network device cannot correctly confirm the corresponding TN area through the index information sent by the first network device, and the terminal device needs to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. For the terminal device, if the TN area where the terminal device is located has not changed, the terminal device may not report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. However, since the second network device may not be able to determine the TN area where the terminal device is located based on the second TN area information, the terminal device can report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching based on the fourth indication information sent by the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and then perform the connection state frequency point measurement optimization.

在一个实现方式中,从终端设备的角度,终端设备可以根据从以下一项或者多项:第一网络设备侧获取的包含第一TN区域的第一系统消息和自身的位置信息、终端设备在第一网络上报的第二TN区域信息、以及终端设备在第二网络设备侧获取的包含第四TN区域信息的第二系统消息和自身的位置信息进行判决,当终端设备判决需要上报的TN区域的区域信息发生变化,则需要将变化后的TN区域的区域信息上报给第二网络设备。当终端设备判决需要上报的TN区域的区域信息没有发生变化,则不需要上报给第二网络设备。第二网络设备可以通过第四指示信息控制小区切换时终端设备是否需要上报TN区域,进而终端设备忽略切换判决结果。In one implementation, from the perspective of the terminal device, the terminal device can make a judgment based on one or more of the following: a first system message containing a first TN area and its own location information obtained from the first network device side, second TN area information reported by the terminal device on the first network, and a second system message containing fourth TN area information and its own location information obtained by the terminal device on the second network device side. When the terminal device determines that the area information of the TN area to be reported has changed, the area information of the changed TN area needs to be reported to the second network device. When the terminal device determines that the area information of the TN area to be reported has not changed, it does not need to be reported to the second network device. The second network device can control whether the terminal device needs to report the TN area when the cell is switched through the fourth indication information, and the terminal device ignores the switching decision result.

例如,NTN场景中可能出现终端设备判断第一网络设备和第二网络设备对终端设备所在的TN区域映射的索引信息不同(如对于某一TN区域,终端设备根据第一网络设备下发的第一TN区域信息确定该TN区域的索引为1,根据第二网络设备下发的第四TN区域信息确定该TN区域的索引为3),则终端设备向第二网络设备上报TN区域的区域信息。但是,第一网络设备和第二网络设备可能对同一TN区域虽然映射了不同的索引信息,但不同索引信息对应的TN区域相同,则终端设备上报其实是浪费信令的。基于此,第二网络设备可以通过第四指示信息指示终端设备不需要上报自身所在的TN区域的区域信息,以节约信令开销。For example, in the NTN scenario, the terminal device may determine that the first network device and the second network device have different index information mapped to the TN area where the terminal device is located (e.g., for a certain TN area, the terminal device determines that the index of the TN area is 1 based on the first TN area information sent by the first network device, and determines that the index of the TN area is 3 based on the fourth TN area information sent by the second network device), then the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area to the second network device. However, although the first network device and the second network device may have mapped different index information to the same TN area, the TN areas corresponding to the different index information are the same, and the reporting of the terminal device is actually a waste of signaling. Based on this, the second network device can indicate through the fourth indication information that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where it is located, so as to save signaling overhead.

示例性的,第四指示信息包含在切换请求确认消息中。Exemplarily, the fourth indication information is included in a switching request confirmation message.

可选的,第二网络设备还可以通过第一网络设备向终端设备发送第七指示信息。Optionally, the second network device may also send the seventh indication information to the terminal device through the first network device.

其中,当第二网络设备通过第一网络设备向终端设备发送第七指示信息时,可以表示开启或者关闭“终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息”这一功能。当第二网络设备没有向终端设备发送第七指示信息时,可以表示终端设备保持第一网络设备的上报策略,或者称为继承第一网络设备的上报策略,即终端设备可以采用之前向第一网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息的方式,向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Among them, when the second network device sends the seventh indication information to the terminal device through the first network device, it can indicate turning on or off the function of "the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located". When the second network device does not send the seventh indication information to the terminal device, it can indicate that the terminal device maintains the reporting strategy of the first network device, or inherits the reporting strategy of the first network device, that is, the terminal device can report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device in the same way as it reported the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the first network device.

其中,通过第七指示信息指示关闭“终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息”这一功能时,则表示终端设备不需要向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,则第二网络设备不会向终端设备下发第四指示信息。Among them, when the seventh indication information indicates to turn off the function of "terminal device reporting the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located", it means that the terminal device does not need to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device, and the second network device will not send the fourth indication information to the terminal device.

通过第七指示信息指示开启“终端设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息”这一功能时,或者,保持第一网络设备的上报策略不变时,终端设备根据第七指示信息,并根据第二网络设备在第二系统消息里下发的第四TN区域信息与自身所在的位置,确定新的终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,并与终端设备向第一网络设备上报的第二TN区域信息比较,当二者相同时则终端设备决定不需要上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,在这种情况下,如果终端设备收到的第四指示信息指示终端设备在完成小区切换后向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,则终端设备根据第四指示信息的指示,向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。后续终端设备检测到所在的TN区域与上报给第二网络设备的TN区域相比有变化时,依然会继续向第二网络设备上报自身所在的TN区域的区域信息。即第四指示信息可以是单次触发行为,仅触发终端设备的单次上报信息,而忽略自身的判决结果;当终端设备判决需要向第二网络设备上报自身所在的TN区域的区域信息时,如果终端设备收到的第四指示信息指示终端设备在完成小区切换后不需要上报自身所在的TN区域的区域信息,则终端设备优先根据第四指示信息,不进行所在的TN区域的区域信息的上报。When the function of "terminal device reporting regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located" is turned on through the seventh indication information, or when the reporting strategy of the first network device remains unchanged, the terminal device determines the regional information of the TN area where the new terminal device is located according to the seventh indication information, the fourth TN area information sent by the second network device in the second system message and its own location, and compares it with the second TN area information reported by the terminal device to the first network device. When the two are the same, the terminal device decides that it is not necessary to report the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located. In this case, if the fourth indication information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching, the terminal device reports the regional information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device according to the fourth indication information. When the terminal device subsequently detects that the TN area where it is located has changed compared to the TN area reported to the second network device, it will continue to report the regional information of its own TN area to the second network device. That is, the fourth indication information can be a single trigger behavior, which only triggers the terminal device to report information once and ignores its own judgment result; when the terminal device decides that it needs to report the area information of the TN area where it is located to the second network device, if the fourth indication information received by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device does not need to report the area information of the TN area where it is located after completing the cell switching, the terminal device will give priority to the fourth indication information and will not report the area information of the TN area where it is located.

基于上述图15所示的方法,终端设备可以根据第二网络设备指示的第四指示信息,确定在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息,而不用依赖于终端设备自身的判决,较少一些场景下不必要的TN区域信息上报,节省信令开销。Based on the method shown in Figure 15 above, the terminal device can determine whether to report the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching based on the fourth indication information indicated by the second network device, without relying on the judgment of the terminal device itself, thereby reducing unnecessary TN area information reporting in some scenarios and saving signaling overhead.

基于上述图10至图15所示的方法,本申请完善了终端设备上报TN区域信息以进行连接态测量的 优化功能,完善了异常场景和RRC重建场景以及小区切换场景下的TN区域上报流程,使得网络设备可以更快的确定终端设备所在的TN区域,并提前进行连接态测量优化,减少终端设备的不必要的测量,节省功耗,达到省电的目的。Based on the method shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 15 above, the present application improves the method of reporting TN area information of the terminal device for connection state measurement. The optimization function improves the TN area reporting process in abnormal scenarios, RRC reconstruction scenarios, and cell switching scenarios, so that network equipment can more quickly determine the TN area where the terminal device is located, and optimize the connection state measurement in advance, reducing unnecessary measurements of the terminal device, saving power consumption, and achieving the purpose of power saving.

需要说明的是,本申请的各个实施例可以独立实施,也可以结合起来实施,不予限制。如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,本申请提供的不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should be noted that the various embodiments of the present application can be implemented independently or in combination without limitation. If there is no special explanation or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions of the different embodiments provided in the present application are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.

可以理解的,本申请实施例中,执行主体可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, the execution subject may execute some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also execute other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, the various steps may be executed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all operations in the embodiments of the present application need to be executed.

上述主要从设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between devices. It is understandable that, in order to realize the above functions, each device includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对各个设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of each device according to the above method example. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.

在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图16示出了一种通信装置160,该通信装置160可以执行上述图10至图15所示的方法中终端设备或第一网络设备或第二网络设备所执行的动作,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。In the case of dividing each functional module according to each function, Figure 16 shows a communication device 160, which can execute the actions performed by the terminal device or the first network device or the second network device in the methods shown in Figures 10 to 15 above. All relevant contents of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and the technical effects that can be obtained can be referred to the above method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

其中,通信装置160可以包括收发模块1601和处理模块1602。示例性地,通信装置160可以是通信设备,也可以是应用于通信设备中的芯片或者其他具有上述通信装置功能的组合器件、部件等。当通信装置160是通信设备时,收发模块1601可以是收发器,收发器可以包括天线和射频电路等;处理模块1602可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器,基带处理器中可以包括一个或多个CPU。当通信装置160是具有上述通信装置功能的部件时,收发模块1601可以是射频单元;处理模块1602可以是处理器(或者,处理电路),例如基带处理器。当通信装置160是芯片系统时,收发模块1601可以是芯片(例如基带芯片)的输入输出接口;处理模块1602可以是芯片系统的处理器(或者,处理电路),可以包括一个或多个中央处理单元。应理解,本申请实施例中的收发模块1601可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现;处理模块1602可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件(或者,称为处理电路)实现。Wherein, the communication device 160 may include a transceiver module 1601 and a processing module 1602. Exemplarily, the communication device 160 may be a communication device, or a chip applied to a communication device, or other combined devices, components, etc. having the functions of the above-mentioned communication device. When the communication device 160 is a communication device, the transceiver module 1601 may be a transceiver, and the transceiver may include an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, etc.; the processing module 1602 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor, and the baseband processor may include one or more CPUs. When the communication device 160 is a component having the functions of the above-mentioned communication device, the transceiver module 1601 may be a radio frequency unit; the processing module 1602 may be a processor (or a processing circuit), such as a baseband processor. When the communication device 160 is a chip system, the transceiver module 1601 may be an input and output interface of a chip (such as a baseband chip); the processing module 1602 may be a processor (or a processing circuit) of the chip system, and may include one or more central processing units. It should be understood that the transceiver module 1601 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component; the processing module 1602 can be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component (or, referred to as a processing circuit).

例如,收发模块1601可以用于执行图10至图15所示的实施例中由通信装置所执行的全部收发操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1602可以用于执行图10至图15所示的实施例中由通信装置所执行的除了收发操作之外的全部操作,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。For example, the transceiver module 1601 can be used to perform all transceiver operations performed by the communication device in the embodiments shown in Figures 10 to 15, and/or to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1602 can be used to perform all operations except the transceiver operations performed by the communication device in the embodiments shown in Figures 10 to 15, and/or to support other processes of the technology described in this document.

作为又一种可实现方式,图16中的收发模块1601可以由收发器代替,该收发器可以集成收发模块1601的功能;处理模块1602可以由处理器代替,该处理器可以集成处理模块1602的功能。进一步的,图16所示通信装置160还可以包括存储器。As another possible implementation, the transceiver module 1601 in FIG16 may be replaced by a transceiver, which may integrate the functions of the transceiver module 1601; the processing module 1602 may be replaced by a processor, which may integrate the functions of the processing module 1602. Furthermore, the communication device 160 shown in FIG16 may also include a memory.

可替换的,当处理模块1602由处理器代替,收发模块1601由收发器代替时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置160还可以为图17所示的通信装置170,其中,处理器可以为逻辑电路1701,收发器可以是接口电路1702。进一步的,图17所示通信装置170还可以包括存储器1703。Alternatively, when the processing module 1602 is replaced by a processor and the transceiver module 1601 is replaced by a transceiver, the communication device 160 involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be the communication device 170 shown in FIG17 , wherein the processor may be the logic circuit 1701 and the transceiver may be the interface circuit 1702. Furthermore, the communication device 170 shown in FIG17 may also include a memory 1703.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时可以实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which can implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时可以实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。 The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program, which can implement the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的终端(包括数据发送端和/或数据接收端)的内部存储单元,例如终端的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述终端的外部存储设备,例如上述终端上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述终端的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述终端所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments. The computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the terminal (including the data sending end and/or the data receiving end) of any of the above embodiments, such as the hard disk or memory of the terminal. The above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above terminal, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the above terminal, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc. Further, the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above terminal and an external storage device. The above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above terminal. The above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.

需要说明的是,本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。It should be noted that the terms "first" and "second" in the specification, claims and drawings of this application are used to distinguish different objects rather than to describe a specific order. "First" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated. Therefore, the features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "multiple" means two or more.

此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。In addition, the terms "include" and "have" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but may optionally include steps or units not listed, or may optionally include other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.

应当理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个。“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上。“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。“…时”以及“若”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It should be understood that in the present application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more. "Multiple" refers to two or more. "At least two (items)" refers to two or three and more than three. "And/or" is used to describe the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist at the same time, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c", where a, b, c can be single or multiple. “When” and “if” both mean that corresponding measures will be taken under certain objective circumstances. It does not limit the time, nor does it require any judgment when it is implemented, nor does it mean that there are other limitations.

在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.

本申请中“向…(终端设备)发送信息”可以理解为该信息的目的端是终端设备。可以包括直接或间接的向终端设备发送信息。“从…(终端设备)接收信息”可以理解为该信息的源端是终端设备,可以包括直接或间接的从终端设备接收信息。信息在信息发送的源端和目的端之间可能会被进行必要的处理,例如格式变化等,但目的端可以理解来自源端的有效信息。In this application, "sending information to ... (terminal device)" can be understood as the destination of the information being the terminal device. It can include sending information to the terminal device directly or indirectly. "Receiving information from ... (terminal device)" can be understood as the source of the information being the terminal device, which can include receiving information from the terminal device directly or indirectly. The information may be processed as necessary between the source and destination of the information, such as format changes, but the destination can understand the valid information from the source.

通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above implementation methods, technical personnel in the relevant field can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example. In actual applications, the above-mentioned functions can be assigned to different functional modules as needed, that is, the internal structure of the device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。 In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.

所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。 If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can essentially or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions to enable a device (which can be a single-chip microcomputer, chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes, such as USB flash drives, mobile hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks.

Claims (28)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising: 接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报所述终端设备所在的陆地通信网络TN区域的区域信息;Receiving first indication information from a first network device; wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the terrestrial communication network TN area where the terminal device is located; 根据所述第一指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息;其中,所述第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与所述一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点;Acquire, according to the first indication information, first TN area information in the first system message; wherein the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas; 根据所述第一TN区域信息,向所述第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,所述第二TN区域信息用于指示所述终端设备所在的TN区域。According to the first TN area information, second TN area information is sent to the first network device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一指示信息,获取所述第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the acquiring, according to the first indication information, the first TN area information in the first system message comprises: 在收到所述第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到所述第一TN区域信息;After receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been acquired; 如果确定未获取到所述第一TN区域信息,获取所述第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息。If it is determined that the first TN area information is not obtained, obtain the first TN area information in the first system message. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第一指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。The first indication information is carried in one or more of the following signalings: system message and dedicated signaling. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that 所述第二TN区域信息包括下述一种或多种信息:所述终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、所述终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、所述终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、所述终端设备的位置信息。The second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographical area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency point information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that 所述第二TN区域信息包括所述终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者The second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or 所述第二TN区域信息包括所述终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及所述终端设备的位置信息。The second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第一网络设备的专用信令;其中,所述专用信令包括所述第一TN区域信息。Receive dedicated signaling from the first network device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes the first TN area information. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收来自所述第一网络设备的专用信令之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, characterized in that before receiving the dedicated signaling from the first network device, the method further comprises: 根据所述第一指示信息,向所述第一网络设备发送第二指示信息;其中,所述第二指示信息指示未获取到所述第一TN区域信息,或者,所述第二指示信息用于请求获取所述第一TN区域信息。According to the first indication information, second indication information is sent to the first network device; wherein the second indication information indicates that the first TN area information has not been obtained, or the second indication information is used to request to obtain the first TN area information. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一指示信息,向所述第一网络设备发送所述第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein sending the second indication information to the first network device according to the first indication information comprises: 在收到所述第一指示信息之后,确定是否已获取到所述第一TN区域信息;After receiving the first indication information, determining whether the first TN area information has been acquired; 如果确定未获取到所述第一TN区域信息,向所述第一网络设备发送所述第二指示信息。If it is determined that the first TN area information has not been acquired, the second indication information is sent to the first network device. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向第二网络设备发送第一请求;其中,所述第一请求用于请求重新建立无线资源控制RRC连接;Sending a first request to the second network device; wherein the first request is used to request to re-establish a radio resource control RRC connection; 接收来自所述第二网络设备的第三指示信息;其中,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在重新建立RRC连接后是否向所述第二网络设备上报所述终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Receive third indication information from the second network device; wherein the third indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after re-establishing the RRC connection. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that 所述第三指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信息中:RRC重建消息、下行控制信息DCI、媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE、RRC重配置消息。The third indication information is carried in one or more of the following information: RRC reconstruction message, downlink control information DCI, media access control control unit MAC CE, and RRC reconfiguration message. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第一网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向第二网络设备上报所述终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息。Receive fourth indication information from the first network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, characterized in that 所述第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,所述第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。The second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with a non-terrestrial network device. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, characterized in that 所述第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,所述第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网 络设备。The first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with the non-terrestrial network device. Network equipment. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,用于第一网络设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is used for a first network device, the method comprising: 向终端设备发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报所述终端设备所在的陆地通信网络TN区域的区域信息;Sending first indication information to the terminal device; wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the terrestrial communication network TN area where the terminal device is located; 接收来自所述终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,所述第二TN区域信息用于指示所述终端设备所在的TN区域,所述第二TN区域信息是根据第一TN区域信息确定的,所述第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与所述一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点。Receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the second TN area information is determined based on the first TN area information, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14, characterized in that 所述第一指示信息携带在下述一种或多种信令中:系统消息、专用信令。The first indication information is carried in one or more of the following signalings: system message and dedicated signaling. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14 or 15, characterized in that 所述第二TN区域信息包括下述一种或多种信息:所述终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的索引信息、所述终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域的地理区域信息、所述终端设备所在的一个或多个TN区域关联的频点的信息、所述终端设备的位置信息。The second TN area information includes one or more of the following information: index information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, geographical area information of one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, frequency point information associated with one or more TN areas where the terminal device is located, and location information of the terminal device. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 14 or 15, characterized in that 所述第二TN区域信息包括所述终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息;或者The second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage; or 所述第二TN区域信息包括所述终端设备处于无TN覆盖区域的指示信息以及所述终端设备的位置信息。The second TN area information includes indication information that the terminal device is in an area without TN coverage and location information of the terminal device. 根据权利要求14-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述终端设备发送专用信令;其中,所述专用信令包括所述第一TN区域信息。Send dedicated signaling to the terminal device; wherein the dedicated signaling includes the first TN area information. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述终端设备发送所述专用信令,包括:The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the sending of the dedicated signaling to the terminal device comprises: 接收来自所述终端设备的第二指示信息,根据所述第二指示信息,向所述终端设备发送所述专用信令;其中,所述第二指示信息指示未获取到所述第一TN区域信息,或者,所述第二指示信息用于请求获取所述第一TN区域信息;或者receiving second indication information from the terminal device, and sending the dedicated signaling to the terminal device according to the second indication information; wherein the second indication information indicates that the first TN area information has not been obtained, or the second indication information is used to request to obtain the first TN area information; or 如果在预设时长内未接收到来自所述终端设备的所述第二TN区域信息,向所述终端设备发送所述专用信令。If the second TN area information is not received from the terminal device within a preset time period, the dedicated signaling is sent to the terminal device. 根据权利要求14-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 19, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自第二网络设备的第二请求;其中,所述第二请求用于请求所述终端设备的用户设备UE上下文;Receiving a second request from a second network device; wherein the second request is used to request a user equipment UE context of the terminal device; 向所述第二网络设备发送所述终端设备的UE上下文和第三TN区域信息;其中,所述第三TN区域信息用于指示所述终端设备所在的TN区域,所述第三TM区域信息是根据所述第二TN区域信息确定的。Send the UE context and third TN area information of the terminal device to the second network device; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined based on the second TN area information. 根据权利要求14-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 19, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向第二网络设备发送第三请求;其中,所述第三请求用于请求将终端设备切换至第二网络设备,所述第三请求包括第三TN区域信息;其中,所述第三TN区域信息用于指示所述终端设备所在的TN区域,所述第三TM区域信息是根据所述第二TN区域信息确定的;Sending a third request to the second network device; wherein the third request is used to request to switch the terminal device to the second network device, and the third request includes third TN area information; wherein the third TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the third TM area information is determined according to the second TN area information; 接收来自所述第二网络设备的第四指示信息;其中,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在完成小区切换后是否向所述第二网络设备上报所述终端设备所在的TN区域的区域信息;Receiving fourth indication information from the second network device; wherein the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal device reports the area information of the TN area where the terminal device is located to the second network device after completing the cell switching; 向所述终端设备发送所述第四指示信息。Send the fourth indication information to the terminal device. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that 所述第二网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,所述第二网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。The second network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the second network device is a terrestrial network device associated with a non-terrestrial network device. 根据权利要求14-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 14 to 22, characterized in that 所述第一网络设备为非地面网络设备,或者,所述第一网络设备是与非地面网络设备关联的地面网络设备。The first network device is a non-terrestrial network device, or the first network device is a terrestrial network device associated with a non-terrestrial network device. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising: 收发模块,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报所述终端设备所在的陆地通信网络TN区域的区域信息; A transceiver module, configured to receive first indication information from a first network device; wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the terrestrial communication network TN area where the terminal device is located; 所述收发模块,还用于根据所述第一指示信息,获取第一系统消息中的第一TN区域信息;其中,所述第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与所述一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点;The transceiver module is further configured to obtain first TN area information in the first system message according to the first indication information; wherein the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas; 所述收发模块,还用于根据所述第一TN区域信息,向所述第一网络设备发送第二TN区域信息;其中,所述第二TN区域信息用于指示所述终端设备所在的TN区域。The transceiver module is also used to send second TN area information to the first network device according to the first TN area information; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising: 收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一指示信息;其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备上报所述终端设备所在的陆地通信网络TN区域的区域信息;A transceiver module, configured to send first indication information to a terminal device; wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to report the area information of the terrestrial communication network TN area where the terminal device is located; 所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第二TN区域信息;其中,所述第二TN区域信息用于指示所述终端设备所在的TN区域,所述第二TN区域信息是根据第一TN区域信息确定的,所述第一TN区域信息指示一个或多个TN区域、以及与所述一个或多个TN区域分别关联的频点。The transceiver module is also used to receive second TN area information from the terminal device; wherein the second TN area information is used to indicate the TN area where the terminal device is located, and the second TN area information is determined based on the first TN area information, and the first TN area information indicates one or more TN areas, and frequency points respectively associated with the one or more TN areas. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器;所述处理器,用于运行计算机程序或指令,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的通信方法,或者执行如权利要求14-23任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor; the processor is used to run a computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the communication method as described in any one of claims 1-13, or executes the communication method as described in any one of claims 14-23. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1-13任一项所述的通信方法被执行,或者使得如权利要求14-23任一项所述的通信方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs, and when the computer instructions or programs are run on a computer, the communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 13 is executed, or the communication method as described in any one of claims 14 to 23 is executed. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机指令;当部分或全部所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1-13任一项所述的通信方法被执行,或者使得如权利要求14-23任一项所述的通信方法被执行。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes computer instructions; when part or all of the computer instructions are run on a computer, the communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 13 is executed, or the communication method as described in any one of claims 14 to 23 is executed.
PCT/CN2024/082041 2023-04-07 2024-03-15 Communication method and apparatus WO2024207966A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202310406678.9A CN118785092A (en) 2023-04-07 2023-04-07 Communication method and device
CN202310406678.9 2023-04-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024207966A1 true WO2024207966A1 (en) 2024-10-10

Family

ID=92971025

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/082041 WO2024207966A1 (en) 2023-04-07 2024-03-15 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118785092A (en)
WO (1) WO2024207966A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111757366A (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-09 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Frequency point configuration method, measurement method, network equipment and terminal
CN114424590A (en) * 2019-09-29 2022-04-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system
CN116017525A (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-25 华为技术有限公司 Measurement method, measurement configuration method and related communication device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111757366A (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-09 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Frequency point configuration method, measurement method, network equipment and terminal
CN114424590A (en) * 2019-09-29 2022-04-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system
CN116017525A (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-25 华为技术有限公司 Measurement method, measurement configuration method and related communication device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
XIAOMI: "Discussion on UE location reporting in NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2200715, vol. RAN WG2, 11 January 2022 (2022-01-11), pages 1 - 3, XP052093851 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118785092A (en) 2024-10-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018027988A1 (en) Method for selecting network slices, wireless access device and terminal
JP7147830B2 (en) Wireless terminal and method
US20210306381A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Determining Security Protection Mode
WO2022199430A1 (en) Measurement and reporting method, apparatus and system
WO2020001317A1 (en) V2x communication method, device, and system
WO2022041285A1 (en) Model data transmission method and communication apparatus
US20230254801A1 (en) Tracking area code transmission in non-terrestrial networks
WO2022206313A1 (en) Wireless communication method, apparatus and system
JP6419719B2 (en) Communication control method, user terminal and processor
US20240251228A1 (en) Emergency Service
CN105393622A (en) Method and device for scheduling user equipment
WO2021134701A1 (en) D2d communication method, apparatus and system
WO2023130870A1 (en) Method and apparatus for relay communication
CN116158136A (en) Apparatus and method for determining whether user equipment is located in a registration area
WO2024207966A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024174243A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
JP7614361B2 (en) COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
JP7469569B2 (en) COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, CORE NETWORK DEVICE, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CHIP SET, AND PROGRAM
US20240236680A1 (en) Mobile Base Station Relay Access
US20230292275A1 (en) Transceiver device, network entity and base station
WO2024065137A1 (en) Configuration information acquisition method, configuration information forwarding method, and terminal device
EP4322699A1 (en) Access handling when stopping 5gsm congestion timers
CN119521446A (en) Communication method, device and communication system
WO2024251125A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024221136A1 (en) Cell switching method, terminal device and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24784051

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1